<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Martinlanghoff</id>
	<title>MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Martinlanghoff"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/Special:Contributions/Martinlanghoff"/>
	<updated>2026-05-12T12:04:08Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.5</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=103703</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=103703"/>
		<updated>2013-03-20T13:30:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* At Remote-Learner */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Martin_Langhoff-San_Francisco_Moot_olpc.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ San Francisco Moot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Core Moodle developer since 2004&#039;&#039;&#039;, often blamed of tuning things for scalability and performance (mainly the v1.9, v1.4 and v1.5 releases) and servers, auth/enrolment plugins, MNET, PostgreSQL support and other trivia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= At Remote-Learner=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From early 2013 I am working on &amp;quot;Product development&amp;quot; at Remote-Learner.net, a Moodle Partner. We will see where the rabbit-hole leads :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= One Laptop per Child... and One Moodle per School! =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From March 2008 to 2010 worked on &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My title @ OLPC was &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;. Whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans, working with on-the-ground local teams on configuration, &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;hacking on Moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; or getting dirty with OS-level programming, I was there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Here is our [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server#Roadmap XS roadmap].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later (2010~2013) I got dragged into responsibilities around the XO laptop and operations. Delivered [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/XO-1.75 XO-1.75] and [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/XO-4 XO-4] working with an outstanding team of developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Catalyst roots =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early on, I founded the e-learning team @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for institutions in New Zealand and around the world. A good part of the e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org] (which is also one of my projects). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see them posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Other projects =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg] (not any more, try Mahara instead :-) )&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge] (not any more)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints] (not any more)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community. When possible, I help [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian] and Ubuntu efforts. Unfortunately, I&#039;ve missed the last few Debconfs.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=103702</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=103702"/>
		<updated>2013-03-20T13:29:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Martin_Langhoff-San_Francisco_Moot_olpc.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ San Francisco Moot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Core Moodle developer since 2004&#039;&#039;&#039;, often blamed of tuning things for scalability and performance (mainly the v1.9, v1.4 and v1.5 releases) and servers, auth/enrolment plugins, MNET, PostgreSQL support and other trivia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= At Remote-Learner=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From early 2013 I am working on &amp;quot;Product development&amp;quot; at Remote-Learner.net, a Moodle Partner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= One Laptop per Child... and One Moodle per School! =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From March 2008 to 2010 worked on &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My title @ OLPC was &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;. Whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans, working with on-the-ground local teams on configuration, &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;hacking on Moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; or getting dirty with OS-level programming, I was there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Here is our [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server#Roadmap XS roadmap].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later (2010~2013) I got dragged into responsibilities around the XO laptop and operations. Delivered [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/XO-1.75 XO-1.75] and [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/XO-4 XO-4] working with an outstanding team of developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Catalyst roots =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early on, I founded the e-learning team @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for institutions in New Zealand and around the world. A good part of the e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org] (which is also one of my projects). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see them posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Other projects =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg] (not any more, try Mahara instead :-) )&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge] (not any more)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints] (not any more)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community. When possible, I help [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian] and Ubuntu efforts. Unfortunately, I&#039;ve missed the last few Debconfs.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=64298</id>
		<title>WebDAV Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=64298"/>
		<updated>2009-10-12T10:45:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;WebDAV access allows users which can edit course files to do so from a convenient WebDAV &amp;quot;Web Folder&amp;quot;/Mountpoint which acts like a local drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up WebDAV access in your Moodle installation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In Admin-&amp;gt;Server-&amp;gt;WebDAV Set webdavenable to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;moodle/site:webdav&#039; capability controls who can connect - by defauly the &amp;quot;Course Creator&amp;quot; role has it. Assign the role at the system level for users to be able to connect.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to restrict WebDAVaccess so it is only accessible from the local LAN, use the webdavsubnet setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(This feature will be available after v1.9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: For the WebDAV feature to work, the PHP setting magic_quotes_gpc &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039;&#039; be &#039;&#039;off&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[WebDAV Connect]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=41217 Using Moodle: WebDAV extension for Moodle] discussion from 2006&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Administrator]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=64297</id>
		<title>WebDAV Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=64297"/>
		<updated>2009-10-12T10:44:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;WebDAV access allows users which can edit course files to do so from a convenient WebDAV &amp;quot;Web Folder&amp;quot;/Mountpoint which acts like a local drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up WebDAV access in your Moodle installation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In Admin-&amp;gt;Server-&amp;gt;WebDAV Set webdavenable to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;moodle/site:webdav&#039; capability controls who can connect - by defauly the &amp;quot;Course Creator&amp;quot; role has it. Assign the role at the system level for users to be able to connect.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to restrict WebDAVaccess so it is only accessible from the local LAN, use the webdavsubnet setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(This feature will be available after v1.9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: For the WebDAV feature to work, the PHP setting magic_quotes_gpc &#039;&#039;&#039;must&#039;&#039; be &#039;&#039;off&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[WebDAV Connect]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=41217 Using Moodle: WebDAV extension for Moodle] discussion from 2006&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Administrator]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Working_with_the_Community&amp;diff=45304</id>
		<title>Development:Working with the Community</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Working_with_the_Community&amp;diff=45304"/>
		<updated>2008-10-14T06:13:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* See also */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The goal of the Moodle community is to provide the best possible LMS there is.  When you submit a patch (or new module, plugin or filter) for acceptance, it will be reviewed on its technical and educational merits and those alone.  So, what should you be expecting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* criticism&lt;br /&gt;
* comments&lt;br /&gt;
* requests for change&lt;br /&gt;
* requests for justification&lt;br /&gt;
* silence&lt;br /&gt;
* pointers to another subproject with the same goals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, this is part of getting your patch into Moodle.  You have&lt;br /&gt;
to be able to take criticism and comments about your patches, evaluate&lt;br /&gt;
them at a technical level and either rework your patches or provide&lt;br /&gt;
clear and concise reasoning as to why those changes should not be made.&lt;br /&gt;
If there are no responses to your posting, wait a few days and try&lt;br /&gt;
again, sometimes things get lost in the huge volume.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What should you not do?&lt;br /&gt;
* expect your patch to be accepted without question&lt;br /&gt;
* become defensive&lt;br /&gt;
* ignore comments&lt;br /&gt;
* resubmit the patch without making any of the requested changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a community that is looking for the best technical solution possible,&lt;br /&gt;
there will always be differing opinions on how beneficial a patch is.&lt;br /&gt;
You have to be cooperative, and willing to adapt your idea to fit within&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle.  Or at least be willing to prove your idea is worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, being wrong is acceptable as long as you are willing to work&lt;br /&gt;
toward a solution that is right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences between the Moodle community and corporate structures==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle community works differently than most traditional corporate development environments.  Here is a list of things that you can try to do to try to avoid problems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Good&#039;&#039;&#039; things to say regarding your proposed changes:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This works great with 9-year olds for learning X.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This solves multiple problems.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This deletes 2000 lines of code.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here is a patch that explains what I am trying to describe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I tested it on 5 different databases...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here is a series of small patches that...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This increases performance on typical machines...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bad&#039;&#039;&#039; things you should avoid saying:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This educational theory supports my use model, even if I didn&#039;t test it with students&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;We did it this way in WebCT/Blackboard, so therefore it must begood...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I&#039;ve being doing this for 20 years, so...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;It makes this proprietary benchmark go faster&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This is required for my company to make money&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This is for our Enterprise product line.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here is my 1000 page design document that describes my idea&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I&#039;ve been working on this for 6 months...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here&#039;s a 5000 line patch that...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I rewrote all of the current mess, and here it is...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I have a deadline, and this patch needs to be applied now.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another way the Moodle community is different than most traditional&lt;br /&gt;
software engineering work environments is the faceless nature of&lt;br /&gt;
interaction.  One benefit of using email and forums as the primary forms of&lt;br /&gt;
communication is the lack of discrimination based on gender or race.&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle work environment is accepting of women and minorities&lt;br /&gt;
because all you are is an email address.  The international aspect also&lt;br /&gt;
helps to level the playing field because you can&#039;t guess gender based on&lt;br /&gt;
a person&#039;s name. A man may be named Andrea and a woman may be named Pat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language barrier can cause problems for some people who are not&lt;br /&gt;
comfortable with English.  A good grasp of the language can be needed in&lt;br /&gt;
order to get ideas across properly on forums, so it is&lt;br /&gt;
recommended that you check your emails to make sure they make sense in&lt;br /&gt;
English before sending them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consider asking or discussing your proposal first==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is surprising how often a forum posting along the lines of &amp;quot;I wish to propose xxxx&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
can produce interesting results. You may find that somebody has 95% completed the thing&lt;br /&gt;
you want to do. You may find somebody has done something similar that you can adapt. You &lt;br /&gt;
may even have issues raised that you never thought of that may result in a change of direction&lt;br /&gt;
or abandoning it altogether (a &#039;&#039;good thing&#039;&#039; as it can save hours of work). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Break your changes up==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle community does not gladly accept large chunks of code&lt;br /&gt;
dropped on it all at once.  The changes need to be properly introduced,&lt;br /&gt;
discussed, and broken up into tiny, individual portions.  This is almost&lt;br /&gt;
the exact opposite of what companies are used to doing.  Your proposal&lt;br /&gt;
should also be introduced very early in the development process, so that&lt;br /&gt;
you can receive feedback on what you are doing.  It also lets the&lt;br /&gt;
community feel that you are working with them, and not simply using them&lt;br /&gt;
as a dumping ground for your feature.  However, don&#039;t post 50 times at&lt;br /&gt;
once in the forums! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons for breaking things up are the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Small patches increase the likelihood that your patches will be applied, since they don&#039;t take much time or effort to verify for correctness.  A 5 line patch can be applied by a maintainer with barely a second glance. However, a 500 line patch may take hours to review for correctness (the time it takes is exponentially proportional to the size of the patch, or something). Small patches also make it very easy to debug when something goes wrong.  It&#039;s much easier to back out patches one by one than it is to dissect a very large patch after it&#039;s been applied (and broken something).&lt;br /&gt;
# It&#039;s important not only to send small patches, but also to rewrite and simplify (or simply re-order) patches before submitting them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may be challenging to keep the balance between presenting an elegant&lt;br /&gt;
solution and working together with the community and discuss your&lt;br /&gt;
unfinished work. Therefore it is good to get early in the process to&lt;br /&gt;
get feedback to improve your work, but also keep your changes in small&lt;br /&gt;
chunks that they may get already accepted, even when your whole task is&lt;br /&gt;
not ready for inclusion now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also realize that it is not acceptable to send patches for inclusion&lt;br /&gt;
that are unfinished and will be &amp;quot;fixed up later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Justify your change==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with breaking up your patches, it is very important for you to let&lt;br /&gt;
the Moodle community know why they should add this change.  New features&lt;br /&gt;
must be justified as being needed and useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:How to create a patch]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.linux-mips.org/wiki/The_perfect_patch The perfect patch] as seen by the Linux kernel developers&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developer|Working with the Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=43643</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=43643"/>
		<updated>2008-09-16T07:28:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Martin_Langhoff-San_Francisco_Moot_olpc.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ San Francisco Moot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Core Moodle developer since 2004&#039;&#039;&#039;, often blamed of tuning things for scalability and performance (mainly the v1.9, v1.4 and v1.5 releases) and servers, auth/enrolment plugins, MNET, PostgreSQL support and other trivia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= One Laptop per Child... and One Moodle per School! =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since March 2008 I am working on &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My title @ OLPC is &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;. Whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans, working with on-the-ground local teams on configuration, &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;hacking on Moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; or getting dirty with OS-level programming, I am there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Here is our [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server#Roadmap XS roadmap].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Catalyst roots =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before joining OLPC, I started the e-learning team @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for institutions in New Zealand and around the world. A good part of the e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org] (which is also one of my projects). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see them posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Other projects =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg] (not any more, try Mahara instead :-) )&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge] (not any more)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints] (not any more)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community. When possible, I help [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian] and Ubuntu efforts. Unfortunately, I&#039;ve missed the last few Debconfs.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=43642</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=43642"/>
		<updated>2008-09-16T07:26:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Martin_Langhoff-San_Francisco_Moot_olpc.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ San Francisco Moot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Core Moodle developer since 2004&#039;&#039;&#039;, often blamed for performance tuning of code (v1.9, v1.4, v1.5) and servers, auth/enrolment plugins, MNET, PostgreSQL support and other trivia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= One Laptop per Child... and One Moodle per School! =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since March 2008 I am working on &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My title @ OLPC is &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;. Whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans, working with on-the-ground local teams on configuration, &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;hacking on Moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; or getting dirty with OS-level programming, I am there. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Here is our [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server#Roadmap XS roadmap].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Catalyst roots =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before joining OLPC, I started the e-learning team @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for institutions in New Zealand and around the world. A good part of the e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org] (which is also one of my projects). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see them posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Other projects =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg] (not any more, try Mahara instead :-) )&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge] (not any more)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints] (not any more)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community. When possible, I help [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian] and Ubuntu efforts. Unfortunately, I&#039;ve missed the last few Debconfs.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=39734</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=39734"/>
		<updated>2008-07-15T00:40:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Martin_Langhoff-San_Francisco_Moot_olpc.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ San Francisco Moot]] &lt;br /&gt;
Core Moodle developer since 2004, often blamed for performance tuning of code (v1.9, v1.4, v1.5) and servers, auth/enrolment plugins, MNET, PostgreSQL support and other trivia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since March 2008 I am working on &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My title @ OLPC is &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;. Whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans, working with on-the-ground teams on configuration or getting dirty with OS-level programming, I am there. Here is our [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server#Roadmap XS roadmap].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before this, I started the e-learning team @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for tertiaries in New Zealand and around the world. A good part of the e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org] (which is also one of my projects). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see them posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community, particularly [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=File:Martin_Langhoff-San_Francisco_Moot_olpc.jpg&amp;diff=39733</id>
		<title>File:Martin Langhoff-San Francisco Moot olpc.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=File:Martin_Langhoff-San_Francisco_Moot_olpc.jpg&amp;diff=39733"/>
		<updated>2008-07-15T00:38:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: Martin Langhoff speaking at San Francisco MoodleMoot, May 2008.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Martin Langhoff speaking at San Francisco MoodleMoot, May 2008.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=36831</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=36831"/>
		<updated>2008-05-27T20:48:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Core Moodle developer since 2004, often blamed for performance tuning of code (v1.9, v1.4, v1.5) and servers, auth/enrolment plugins, MNET, PostgreSQL support and other trivia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since March 2008 I am working on &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My title @ OLPC is &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;. Whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans, working with on-the-ground teams on configuration or getting dirty with OS-level programming, I am there. Here is our [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server#Roadmap XS roadmap].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before this, I started the e-learning team @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for tertiaries in New Zealand and around the world. A good part of the e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org] (which is also one of my projects). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see them posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community, particularly [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=36830</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=36830"/>
		<updated>2008-05-27T20:44:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Core Moodle developer since 2004, often blamed for performance tuning of code and servers, auth/enrolment plugins, MNET and other trivia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since March 2008 I am working on &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My title @ OLPC is &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;. Whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans, working with on-the-ground teams on configuration or getting dirty with OS-level programming, I am there. Here is our [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server#Roadmap XS roadmap].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before this, I started the e-learning team @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for tertiaries in New Zealand and around the world. A good part of the e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org] (which is also one of my projects). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see them posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community, particularly [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_Authoring_Tips_and_Tricks&amp;diff=35532</id>
		<title>SCORM Authoring Tips and Tricks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_Authoring_Tips_and_Tricks&amp;diff=35532"/>
		<updated>2008-05-02T03:07:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Tools */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page collects recommendations for authoring SCORM packages targetting Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::If you add a recommendation that makes things work with Moodle, but are known to break with another LMS, it is worthwhile to note the incompatibility. While this page is mainly for content targeting Moodle, many authors care about creating portable SCORM packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General authoring notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tools ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brief list of tools we&#039;ve had successes with, and tools people have had trouble with (and what kind of trouble)...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Captivate ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add here: options to use, types of content to avoid, tricks to take advantage of, bugs, gotchas...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Courselab ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CourseLab version 2.4 has a few bugs. First is with audio. Sometimes (for some reason not known to CourseLab) the audio will restart, creating an echo effect. You will need to un-check the &amp;quot;autostart&amp;quot; mark of the Video object (vidoe object is used to insert audio too)and then define an action on some event that fits the case (for example on the slide&#039;s afterdisplay event) choose METHOD (yourvideoobject, PLAY. this will play the audio after the slide is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another issue is with FireFox browsers displaying graphics with CourseLab. It is stated in user&#039;s manual that some objects utilize Explorer-specific features and author should avoid using them, if he wants to use the course in multi-browser environment. These are: Gradient Box and all AutoShapes. AutoShapes are VML-objects and VML (Vector Markup Language) is not supported by FireFox. SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics - another vector format) could be the good alternative, but there are still problems with displaying inline SVG-objects in both Gecko-family and IE. (from CourseLab Support)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If these FireFox/Image display problems are not an issue then be sure to install the latest browser plug-ins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ToolBook ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Moodle 1.9 / ToolBook Instructor 9.01] Tracking and bookmarking work well.  The content should be exported using the SCORM 1.2 option; AICC and SCORM 2004 do not seem to work properly.  Scoring works and is viewable within the tracking details, but does not transfer correctly into the Gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:SCORM]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_Authoring_Tips_and_Tricks&amp;diff=35485</id>
		<title>SCORM Authoring Tips and Tricks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_Authoring_Tips_and_Tricks&amp;diff=35485"/>
		<updated>2008-05-01T03:10:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page collects recommendations for authoring SCORM packages targetting Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::If you add a recommendation that makes things work with Moodle, but are known to break with another LMS, it is worthwhile to note the incompatibility. While page is mainly for content targetting Moodle, many authors care about creating portable SCORM packages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= General authoring notes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Tools =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brief list of tools we&#039;ve had successes with, and tools people have had trouble with (and what kind of trouble)...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Captivate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Options to use, types of content to avoid, tricks to take advantage of, bugs, gotchas...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Courselab == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Options to use, types of content to avoid, tricks to take advantage of, bugs, gotchas...&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_Authoring_Tips_and_Tricks&amp;diff=35484</id>
		<title>SCORM Authoring Tips and Tricks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_Authoring_Tips_and_Tricks&amp;diff=35484"/>
		<updated>2008-05-01T03:08:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page collects recommendations for authoring SCORM packages targetting Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(If you add a recommendation that makes things work with Moodle, but are known to break with another LMS, it is worthwhile to note the incompatibility. This page is mainly for content targetting Moodle, but many authors do care about creating portable SCORM packages...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= General authoring notes =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Tools =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brief list of tools we&#039;ve had successes with, and tools people have had trouble with (and what kind of trouble)...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Captivate ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Options to use, types of content to avoid, tricks to take advantage of, bugs, gotchas...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Courselab == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Options to use, types of content to avoid, tricks to take advantage of, bugs, gotchas...&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_activity&amp;diff=35483</id>
		<title>SCORM activity</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=SCORM_activity&amp;diff=35483"/>
		<updated>2008-05-01T03:00:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Scorm}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;SCORM/AICC&#039;&#039;&#039; module is a course [[Teacher_documentation#Activity_modules|activity]] which allows you (the teacher) to upload any SCORM or AICC package to include in your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SCORM (Sharable Content Object Reference Model) is a collection of specifications that enable interoperability, accessibility and reusability of web-based learning content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SCORM Authoring Tips and Tricks]]&lt;br /&gt;
*The official standard: [http://www.adlnet.org/scorm/ Advanced Distributed Learning - SCORM]&lt;br /&gt;
*Tools for creating SCORM content:&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://www.reload.ac.uk/ RELOAD] - Reusable eLearning Object Authoring and Delivery - NB it is rather technical and may only be suitable for those with an understanding of HTML and the underlying SCORM specification.&lt;br /&gt;
#[http://exelearning.org/ eXe] lets teachers create interactive e-learning SCORM packages without needing any technical knowledge about the underlying formats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Moodle forum discussions:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=3757 Simple introduction to SCORM] &lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=57059 Are there any sugestions for scorm authoring with Microsoft word / or any other easy (maybe free) scorm authoring tool?]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=95946 Is SCORM worth it?]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:SCORM]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:SCORM]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33891</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33891"/>
		<updated>2008-03-22T02:04:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; at this time (mid-March 2008) I am transitioning from leading the elearning team @ Catalyst to a new project: &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My new title is &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;, whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans or getting dirty with OS-level programming. I will be taking over from John Watlington as he shifts his focus towards the hardware side of the XS and XO) -- here is the [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server#Roadmap XS roadmap] we have today.&lt;br /&gt;
::So the notes below are a bit outdated :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I work @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for tertiaries in New Zealand. Most of our e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org]. [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] is spearheading a lot of interesting e-learning projects - do get in touch!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see us posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community, particularly [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Working_with_the_Community&amp;diff=33889</id>
		<title>Development:Working with the Community</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Working_with_the_Community&amp;diff=33889"/>
		<updated>2008-03-21T16:34:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Differences between the Moodle community and corporate structures */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The goal of the Moodle community is to provide the best possible LMS there is.  When you submit a patch (or new module, plugin or filter) for acceptance, it will be reviewed on its technical and educational merits and those alone.  So, what should you be expecting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* criticism&lt;br /&gt;
* comments&lt;br /&gt;
* requests for change&lt;br /&gt;
* requests for justification&lt;br /&gt;
* silence&lt;br /&gt;
* pointers to another subproject with the same goals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, this is part of getting your patch into Moodle.  You have&lt;br /&gt;
to be able to take criticism and comments about your patches, evaluate&lt;br /&gt;
them at a technical level and either rework your patches or provide&lt;br /&gt;
clear and concise reasoning as to why those changes should not be made.&lt;br /&gt;
If there are no responses to your posting, wait a few days and try&lt;br /&gt;
again, sometimes things get lost in the huge volume.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What should you not do?&lt;br /&gt;
* expect your patch to be accepted without question&lt;br /&gt;
* become defensive&lt;br /&gt;
* ignore comments&lt;br /&gt;
* resubmit the patch without making any of the requested changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a community that is looking for the best technical solution possible,&lt;br /&gt;
there will always be differing opinions on how beneficial a patch is.&lt;br /&gt;
You have to be cooperative, and willing to adapt your idea to fit within&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle.  Or at least be willing to prove your idea is worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, being wrong is acceptable as long as you are willing to work&lt;br /&gt;
toward a solution that is right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences between the Moodle community and corporate structures==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle community works differently than most traditional corporate development environments.  Here is a list of things that you can try to do to try to avoid problems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Good&#039;&#039;&#039; things to say regarding your proposed changes:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This works great with 9-year olds for learning X.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This solves multiple problems.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This deletes 2000 lines of code.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here is a patch that explains what I am trying to describe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I tested it on 5 different databases...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here is a series of small patches that...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This increases performance on typical machines...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bad&#039;&#039;&#039; things you should avoid saying:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This educational theory supports my use model, even if I didn&#039;t test it with students&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;We did it this way in WebCT/Blackboard, so therefore it must begood...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I&#039;ve being doing this for 20 years, so...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;It makes this proprietary benchmark go faster&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This is required for my company to make money&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This is for our Enterprise product line.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here is my 1000 page design document that describes my idea&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I&#039;ve been working on this for 6 months...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here&#039;s a 5000 line patch that...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I rewrote all of the current mess, and here it is...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I have a deadline, and this patch needs to be applied now.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another way the Moodle community is different than most traditional&lt;br /&gt;
software engineering work environments is the faceless nature of&lt;br /&gt;
interaction.  One benefit of using email and forums as the primary forms of&lt;br /&gt;
communication is the lack of discrimination based on gender or race.&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle work environment is accepting of women and minorities&lt;br /&gt;
because all you are is an email address.  The international aspect also&lt;br /&gt;
helps to level the playing field because you can&#039;t guess gender based on&lt;br /&gt;
a person&#039;s name. A man may be named Andrea and a woman may be named Pat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language barrier can cause problems for some people who are not&lt;br /&gt;
comfortable with English.  A good grasp of the language can be needed in&lt;br /&gt;
order to get ideas across properly on forums, so it is&lt;br /&gt;
recommended that you check your emails to make sure they make sense in&lt;br /&gt;
English before sending them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consider asking or discussing your proposal first==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is surprising how often a forum posting along the lines of &amp;quot;I wish to propose xxxx&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
can produce interesting results. You may find that somebody has 95% completed the thing&lt;br /&gt;
you want to do. You may find somebody has done something similar that you can adapt. You &lt;br /&gt;
may even have issues raised that you never thought of that may result in a change of direction&lt;br /&gt;
or abandoning it altogether (a &#039;&#039;good thing&#039;&#039; as it can save hours of work). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Break your changes up==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle community does not gladly accept large chunks of code&lt;br /&gt;
dropped on it all at once.  The changes need to be properly introduced,&lt;br /&gt;
discussed, and broken up into tiny, individual portions.  This is almost&lt;br /&gt;
the exact opposite of what companies are used to doing.  Your proposal&lt;br /&gt;
should also be introduced very early in the development process, so that&lt;br /&gt;
you can receive feedback on what you are doing.  It also lets the&lt;br /&gt;
community feel that you are working with them, and not simply using them&lt;br /&gt;
as a dumping ground for your feature.  However, don&#039;t post 50 times at&lt;br /&gt;
once in the forums! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons for breaking things up are the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Small patches increase the likelihood that your patches will be applied, since they don&#039;t take much time or effort to verify for correctness.  A 5 line patch can be applied by a maintainer with barely a second glance. However, a 500 line patch may take hours to review for correctness (the time it takes is exponentially proportional to the size of the patch, or something). Small patches also make it very easy to debug when something goes wrong.  It&#039;s much easier to back out patches one by one than it is to dissect a very large patch after it&#039;s been applied (and broken something).&lt;br /&gt;
# It&#039;s important not only to send small patches, but also to rewrite and simplify (or simply re-order) patches before submitting them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may be challenging to keep the balance between presenting an elegant&lt;br /&gt;
solution and working together with the community and discuss your&lt;br /&gt;
unfinished work. Therefore it is good to get early in the process to&lt;br /&gt;
get feedback to improve your work, but also keep your changes in small&lt;br /&gt;
chunks that they may get already accepted, even when your whole task is&lt;br /&gt;
not ready for inclusion now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also realize that it is not acceptable to send patches for inclusion&lt;br /&gt;
that are unfinished and will be &amp;quot;fixed up later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Justify your change==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with breaking up your patches, it is very important for you to let&lt;br /&gt;
the Moodle community know why they should add this change.  New features&lt;br /&gt;
must be justified as being needed and useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:How to create a patch]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt The perfect patch]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developer|Working with the Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Working_with_the_Community&amp;diff=33888</id>
		<title>Development:Working with the Community</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Working_with_the_Community&amp;diff=33888"/>
		<updated>2008-03-21T16:32:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The goal of the Moodle community is to provide the best possible LMS there is.  When you submit a patch (or new module, plugin or filter) for acceptance, it will be reviewed on its technical and educational merits and those alone.  So, what should you be expecting?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* criticism&lt;br /&gt;
* comments&lt;br /&gt;
* requests for change&lt;br /&gt;
* requests for justification&lt;br /&gt;
* silence&lt;br /&gt;
* pointers to another subproject with the same goals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, this is part of getting your patch into Moodle.  You have&lt;br /&gt;
to be able to take criticism and comments about your patches, evaluate&lt;br /&gt;
them at a technical level and either rework your patches or provide&lt;br /&gt;
clear and concise reasoning as to why those changes should not be made.&lt;br /&gt;
If there are no responses to your posting, wait a few days and try&lt;br /&gt;
again, sometimes things get lost in the huge volume.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What should you not do?&lt;br /&gt;
* expect your patch to be accepted without question&lt;br /&gt;
* become defensive&lt;br /&gt;
* ignore comments&lt;br /&gt;
* resubmit the patch without making any of the requested changes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a community that is looking for the best technical solution possible,&lt;br /&gt;
there will always be differing opinions on how beneficial a patch is.&lt;br /&gt;
You have to be cooperative, and willing to adapt your idea to fit within&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle.  Or at least be willing to prove your idea is worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, being wrong is acceptable as long as you are willing to work&lt;br /&gt;
toward a solution that is right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Differences between the Moodle community and corporate structures==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle community works differently than most traditional corporate development environments.  Here is a list of things that you can try to do to try to avoid problems:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Good&#039;&#039;&#039; things to say regarding your proposed changes:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This solves multiple problems.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This deletes 2000 lines of code.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here is a patch that explains what I am trying to describe.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I tested it on 5 different databases...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here is a series of small patches that...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This increases performance on typical machines...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Bad&#039;&#039;&#039; things you should avoid saying:&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;We did it this way in WebCT/Blackboard, so therefore it must begood...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I&#039;ve being doing this for 20 years, so...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;It makes this proprietary benchmark go faster&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This is required for my company to make money&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;This is for our Enterprise product line.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here is my 1000 page design document that describes my idea&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I&#039;ve been working on this for 6 months...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Here&#039;s a 5000 line patch that...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I rewrote all of the current mess, and here it is...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I have a deadline, and this patch needs to be applied now.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another way the Moodle community is different than most traditional&lt;br /&gt;
software engineering work environments is the faceless nature of&lt;br /&gt;
interaction.  One benefit of using email and forums as the primary forms of&lt;br /&gt;
communication is the lack of discrimination based on gender or race.&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle work environment is accepting of women and minorities&lt;br /&gt;
because all you are is an email address.  The international aspect also&lt;br /&gt;
helps to level the playing field because you can&#039;t guess gender based on&lt;br /&gt;
a person&#039;s name. A man may be named Andrea and a woman may be named Pat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The language barrier can cause problems for some people who are not&lt;br /&gt;
comfortable with English.  A good grasp of the language can be needed in&lt;br /&gt;
order to get ideas across properly on forums, so it is&lt;br /&gt;
recommended that you check your emails to make sure they make sense in&lt;br /&gt;
English before sending them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Consider asking or discussing your proposal first==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is surprising how often a forum posting along the lines of &amp;quot;I wish to propose xxxx&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
can produce interesting results. You may find that somebody has 95% completed the thing&lt;br /&gt;
you want to do. You may find somebody has done something similar that you can adapt. You &lt;br /&gt;
may even have issues raised that you never thought of that may result in a change of direction&lt;br /&gt;
or abandoning it altogether (a &#039;&#039;good thing&#039;&#039; as it can save hours of work). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Break your changes up==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle community does not gladly accept large chunks of code&lt;br /&gt;
dropped on it all at once.  The changes need to be properly introduced,&lt;br /&gt;
discussed, and broken up into tiny, individual portions.  This is almost&lt;br /&gt;
the exact opposite of what companies are used to doing.  Your proposal&lt;br /&gt;
should also be introduced very early in the development process, so that&lt;br /&gt;
you can receive feedback on what you are doing.  It also lets the&lt;br /&gt;
community feel that you are working with them, and not simply using them&lt;br /&gt;
as a dumping ground for your feature.  However, don&#039;t post 50 times at&lt;br /&gt;
once in the forums! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons for breaking things up are the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Small patches increase the likelihood that your patches will be applied, since they don&#039;t take much time or effort to verify for correctness.  A 5 line patch can be applied by a maintainer with barely a second glance. However, a 500 line patch may take hours to review for correctness (the time it takes is exponentially proportional to the size of the patch, or something). Small patches also make it very easy to debug when something goes wrong.  It&#039;s much easier to back out patches one by one than it is to dissect a very large patch after it&#039;s been applied (and broken something).&lt;br /&gt;
# It&#039;s important not only to send small patches, but also to rewrite and simplify (or simply re-order) patches before submitting them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may be challenging to keep the balance between presenting an elegant&lt;br /&gt;
solution and working together with the community and discuss your&lt;br /&gt;
unfinished work. Therefore it is good to get early in the process to&lt;br /&gt;
get feedback to improve your work, but also keep your changes in small&lt;br /&gt;
chunks that they may get already accepted, even when your whole task is&lt;br /&gt;
not ready for inclusion now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also realize that it is not acceptable to send patches for inclusion&lt;br /&gt;
that are unfinished and will be &amp;quot;fixed up later.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Justify your change==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Along with breaking up your patches, it is very important for you to let&lt;br /&gt;
the Moodle community know why they should add this change.  New features&lt;br /&gt;
must be justified as being needed and useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:How to create a patch]].&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.zip.com.au/~akpm/linux/patches/stuff/tpp.txt The perfect patch]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developer|Working with the Community]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33418</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33418"/>
		<updated>2008-03-10T05:20:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] Hi, I am a programmer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; these weeks I am transitioning from leading the elearning team @ Catalyst to a new &amp;quot;little&amp;quot; project: &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My new title is &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;, whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans or getting dirty with OS-level programming. I will be taking over from John Watlington as he shifts his focus towards the hardware side of the XS and XO) -- here is the [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server XS roadmap] we have today.&lt;br /&gt;
::So the notes below are a bit outdated :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I work @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for tertiaries in New Zealand. Most of our e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org]. [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] is spearheading a lot of interesting e-learning projects - do get in touch!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see us posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community, particularly [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33417</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33417"/>
		<updated>2008-03-10T05:19:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] Hi, I am a programmer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; these weeks I am transitioning from leading the elearning team @ Catalyst to a new &amp;quot;little&amp;quot; project: &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My new title is &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;, whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans or getting dirty with OS-level programming. I will be taking over from John Watlington as he shifts his focus towards the hardware side of the XS and XO) -- here is the [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server XS roadmap] we have today.&lt;br /&gt;
::So the notes below are a bit outdated :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I work @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for tertiaries in New Zealand. Most of our e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org]. [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] is spearheading a lot of interesting e-learning projects - do get in touch ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see us posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community, particularly [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33416</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33416"/>
		<updated>2008-03-10T05:17:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|right|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] Hi, I am a programmer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039; these weeks I am transitioning from leading the elearning team @ Catalyst to a new &amp;quot;little&amp;quot; project: &#039;&#039;&#039;getting the School Server for OLPC ready for prime time&#039;&#039;&#039;. My new title is &#039;&#039;architect&#039;&#039;, but the job description is actually &#039;&#039;get it done&#039;&#039;, whether it is drawing pretty high level architecture plans or getting dirty with OS-level programming. I will be taking over from John Watlington as he shifts his focus towards the hardware side of the XS and XO) -- here is the [http://wiki.laptop.org/go/School_server XS roadmap] we have today.&lt;br /&gt;
::So the notes below are a bit outdated :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I work @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for tertiaries in New Zealand. Most of our e-learning work was done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org]. [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] is spearheading a lot of interesting e-learning projects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people. You will see us posting in the Moodle forums often ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community, particularly [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33415</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33415"/>
		<updated>2008-03-10T04:58:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|left|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] Hi, I am a programmer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I work @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/moodle/ Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for tertiaries in New Zealand. Most of our e-learning work is done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org]. [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] is spearheading a lot of interesting e-learning projects, get in touch!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people, with Penny Leach, Jun Yamog, Greg Sutton, Peter Bulmer and a host of others here at Catalyst. You will see us posting in the Moodle forums often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community, particularly [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33414</id>
		<title>User:Martin Langhoff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=User:Martin_Langhoff&amp;diff=33414"/>
		<updated>2008-03-10T04:53:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:martin_langhoff.jpg|thumb|left|250px|Martin Langhoff @ Milford Sound]] Hi, I am a programmer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I work @ [http://catalyst.net.nz/var/cm/cm-moodle.php Catalyst IT], a [http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partner], developing and customizing Moodle for tertiaries in New Zealand. Most of our e-learning work is done under the [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] project, part of [http://eduforge.org/ Eduforge.org]. [http://eduforge.org/projects/nzvle/ NZVLE] is spearheading a lot of interesting e-learning projects, get in touch!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catalyst IT also has a lot of experience in the enterprise sector and high-scalability installations, with hundreds of thousands of users and courses. The team has some great people, with Penny Leach, Jun Yamog, Greg Sutton, Peter Bulmer and a host of others here at Catalyst. You will see us posting in the Moodle forums often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also hack on other interesting projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Linus Torvalds&#039; [http://git.or.cz GIT project] -- [http://kernel.org/git/?p=git%2Fgit.git&amp;amp;a=search&amp;amp;h=HEAD&amp;amp;s=langhoff including the weird git-cvsserver]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://elgg.net/ Elgg]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://gforge.org GForge]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://eprints.org EPrints]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal focus is on leading Linux-based development projects, using PHP, Perl, Apache, OpenLDAP, PostgreSQL, MySQL and a few other trinkets. At home, add books on media, psychology and postmodernism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my spare time (?) I do some volunteer work for the Open Source community, particularly [http://qa.debian.org/developer.php?login=martin%40nzl.com.ar Debian].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=File:martin_langhoff.jpg&amp;diff=33413</id>
		<title>File:martin langhoff.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=File:martin_langhoff.jpg&amp;diff=33413"/>
		<updated>2008-03-10T04:41:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: Martin Langhoff - Milford Sound&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Martin Langhoff - Milford Sound&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=admin/environment/php_extension/xmlrpc&amp;diff=33412</id>
		<title>admin/environment/php extension/xmlrpc</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=admin/environment/php_extension/xmlrpc&amp;diff=33412"/>
		<updated>2008-03-10T01:43:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To install the xmlrpc library on Windows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Open the &#039;&#039;php.ini&#039;&#039; file found in the &#039;&#039;moodle/apache/bin&#039;&#039; folder&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the line: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;;extension=php_xmlrpc.dll&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; at the beginning of the line&lt;br /&gt;
#Restart apache if necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To install the xmlrpc library on Linux/Unix&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using PHP as provided by the OS, you can just install the appropriate package, and restart apache:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* On Ubuntu and Debian, the command is: apt-get install php5-xmlrpc&lt;br /&gt;
* On RedHat, Fedora, CentOS and SuSE, the command is: yum install php-xmlrpc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you compiled your PHP from source&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# You need to recompile PHP from source &lt;br /&gt;
# add &#039;&#039;&#039;--with-xmlrpc&#039;&#039;&#039; to the command line when you run &#039;&#039;&#039;configure&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Environment|php extension]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:MNET]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=31881</id>
		<title>WebDAV Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=31881"/>
		<updated>2008-02-04T21:36:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;WebDAV access allows users which can edit course files to do so from a convenient WebDAV &amp;quot;Web Folder&amp;quot;/Mountpoint which acts like a local drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up WebDAV access in your Moodle installation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In Admin-&amp;gt;Server-&amp;gt;WebDAV Set webdavenable to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;moodle/site:webdav&#039; capability controls who can connect - by defauly the &amp;quot;Course Creator&amp;quot; role has it. Assign the role at the system level for users to be able to connect.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to restrict WebDAVaccess so it is only possible from the local LAN, use the webdavsubnet setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(This feature will be available after v1.9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See Also&lt;br /&gt;
--------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[WebDAV Connect]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Administrator]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Connect&amp;diff=31872</id>
		<title>WebDAV Connect</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Connect&amp;diff=31872"/>
		<updated>2008-02-04T02:24:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;How to connect your course files directories using WebDAV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the URL that appears in the files listing, and follow the instructions appropriate to your system&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.webdavsystem.com/server/documentation/access&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(This feature will be available after v1.9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Teacher]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=31871</id>
		<title>WebDAV Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=31871"/>
		<updated>2008-02-04T02:23:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;WebDAV access allows users which can edit course files to do so from a convenient WebDAV &amp;quot;Web Folder&amp;quot;/Mountpoint which acts like a local drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up WebDAV access in your Moodle installation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In Admin-&amp;gt;Server-&amp;gt;WebDAV Set webdavenable to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
* The &#039;moodle/site:webdav&#039; capability controls who can connect - by defauly the &amp;quot;Course Creator&amp;quot; role has it. Assign the role at the system level for users to be able to connect.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to restrict WebDAVaccess so it is only possible from the local LAN, use the webdavsubnet setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(This feature will be available after v1.9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Administrator]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=31870</id>
		<title>WebDAV Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=31870"/>
		<updated>2008-02-04T02:22:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;WebDAV access allows users which can edit course files to do so from a convenient WebDAV &amp;quot;Web Folder&amp;quot;/Mountpoint which acts like a local drive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To set up WebDAV access in your Moodle installation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 * In Admin-&amp;gt;Server-&amp;gt;WebDAV Set webdavenable to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
 * The &#039;moodle/site:webdav&#039; capability controls who can connect - by defauly the &amp;quot;Course Creator&amp;quot; role has it. Assign the role at the system level for users to be able to connect.&lt;br /&gt;
 * If you want to restrict WebDAVaccess so it is only possible from the local LAN, use the webdavsubnet setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(This feature will be available after v1.9)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Administrator]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Connect&amp;diff=31869</id>
		<title>WebDAV Connect</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Connect&amp;diff=31869"/>
		<updated>2008-02-04T02:09:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;How to connect your course files directories using WebDAV.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the URL that appears in the files listing, and follow the instructions appropriate to your system&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.webdavsystem.com/server/documentation/access&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Connect&amp;diff=31868</id>
		<title>WebDAV Connect</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Connect&amp;diff=31868"/>
		<updated>2008-02-04T01:50:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;How to connect your course files directories using WebDAV/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=31867</id>
		<title>WebDAV Setup</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=WebDAV_Setup&amp;diff=31867"/>
		<updated>2008-02-04T01:49:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Document setup for administrators&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Overview&amp;diff=31472</id>
		<title>Development:Overview</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Overview&amp;diff=31472"/>
		<updated>2008-01-22T02:33:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* How can you become a Moodle developer? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;A lot of people ask how the development of Moodle operates.  This page should give you a working overview that should help in understanding a lot of other developer documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(This page is under early construction, your help in linking to other pages from here would be welcome!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The key players==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Martin Dougiamas: Martin is the lead developer of Moodle. Generally he tries to facilitate democracy and meritocracy but occasionally has to make executive decisions on things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Moodle HQ: The mostly-Australian team of developers who are directly funded by the Moodle project to work full-time on core developments.  Developers include Martin Dougiamas (moodler), Yu Zhang (lazyfish), Petr Skoda (skodak), Nicolas Connault, Helen Foster (wildgirl) and occasionally Eloy Lafuente (stronk7), Jamie Pratt (jamiesensei).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Catalyst: The team of developers working for Moodle clients via Catalyst Ltd in New Zealand, resulting in a lot of core development.  Developers include Martin Langhoff, Penny Leach (mjollnir), Matt Clarkson, and Donal McMullan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Open University: The team of developers working on Moodle implementations at Open University in the UK.  Developers include Tim Hunt, Sam Marshall, Nick Freear, Thanh Le and Jenny Gray.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many other people contributing to Moodle in many ways, these are just the main groups currently working on core development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle versions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle major releases occur roughly 6 months or more apart, on no fixed schedule.  Each major release increments the version number by 0.1.  Minor releases (no new features, just fixes) on each stable branch can occur at any time, whenever enough bug fixes have been made to justify them.  The full details can be seen in the [[Release notes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current development version is always on the trunk of CVS (i.e. HEAD), while stable branches are split off for every major version (e.g. MOODLE_18_STABLE).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Release cycles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally a cycle works like this:&lt;br /&gt;
;Rapid Development:Long period of several months adding code to the HEAD version of Moodle.  At the same time, all fixes that don&#039;t involve database changes or radical core changes are backported to the last two or three stable branches.&lt;br /&gt;
;Head Freeze:At some point Martin Dougiamas declares a freeze on new work for a while to stabilise the core.  All database changes and all major core changes need to have explicit permission from Martin.  All developers should be wrapping up work on new features and fixing bugs in new code.  This period may be 1 or 2 weeks.&lt;br /&gt;
;Beta period:Once the HEAD version becomes fairly stable, Martin declares a BETA version and this point is marked on HEAD as MOODLE_XX_BETA (e.g. MOODLE_19_BETA).  Install packages are generated daily from the latest version for wider testing and feedback via the tracker.  The freeze continues, testing and bug fixing continues.  This testing period may be anywhere from 2 to 6 weeks.&lt;br /&gt;
;Major release:When the core code passes all the testing we can throw at it, the MOODLE_XX_BETA flag is moved up to mark the current point as a branch point, and a new stable branch named MOODLE_XX_STABLE is created.  Packages are created, and the release is announced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then it all starts again!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quality control==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Issue tracking is an important part of a continuous quality control process. It involves reporting of problems (bugs), ideas for improvement and new features. Unlike most proprietary software programs, Moodle issue reporting and tracking information is open to everyone. Moodle&#039;s issue tracking system is called the [[Tracker]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All Moodle users are encouraged to be active participants when it comes to testing. Anyone with a Tracker user account can create, view, comment on, vote, and watch bugs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Testers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testers are responsible for verifying the accuracy of changes made by developers. Testers choose which bugs they want to test, according to their area of expertise, and use the QA Assignee field to identify themselves as the tester.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the bug passes testing, then the tester changes the status of the bug from &#039;resolved&#039; to &#039;closed&#039;. If the bug fails testing, or if the fix is incomplete, then the tester reopens the bug.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Moodle release will be deemed ready when all &amp;quot;blocker&amp;quot; bugs fixed for a particular version have been closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Coding Standards==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The full [[Coding|Coding Guide]] gives all the details, but here are some of the major things  your code needs to hit:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===XMLDB===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All our database schema are created using the XML &#039;&#039;install.php&#039;&#039; files, and upgraded using database-agnostic commands in &#039;&#039;upgrade.php&#039;&#039; files.  Any version of any part of Moodle can be smoothly upgraded to any later version in this fashion (on a wide variety of supported databases).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===XHTML===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All output from Moodle must be compliant with XHTML Strict 1.0, and also compliant with all common accessibility guidelines (such as W3C WAG).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Forms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All forms should use the Moodleforms library if possible.  This results in a standardised accessible output that designers can style consistently and well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parameters===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All parameters should be checked using require_param() and optional_param() which will safely clean all incoming data for use and provide defaults to your code.  Moodleforms will do this automatically for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Output===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All textual output should be output using the format_text or format_string functions.  This will ensure that text is cleaned and filtered appropriately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All permissions-checking should use the &amp;quot;Access library&amp;quot; to check against current capabilities.  The most common function you&#039;ll use is has_capability() which checks the permissions of the current user in an efficient way to see if they are allowed to do this specific operation.   Do not check for specific roles in your code (e.g. teacher/student) as that will make your code useless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other core libraries===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other major libraries you should get familiar with are:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;moodlelib.php&#039;&#039; - a useful bin of all kinds of useful functions and constants&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;datalib.php&#039;&#039; - all the functions you need to interface with the database &lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;weblib.php&#039;&#039; - all the functions you&#039;ll need to create and output XHTML &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Plugins===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle has about 22 different types of plugins last time I counted.  Plugins can generally be self-contained in a single directory containing scripts, images, stylesheets and language files all in one package that can be dropped into the Moodle script directory in the right place.  After that the admin just needs to visit the admin page to install them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most plugins work in one of two ways, they either provide a &#039;&#039;lib.php&#039;&#039; filled with common functions and some scripts with standard names, or they subclass a proto-plugin and override a few method functions to achieve their goals.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best way to learn is to pick an example from the core code that is similar to what you want to do and start playing with it.   There are also some template plugins to help get you started.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development processes==&lt;br /&gt;
Not all Moodle development happens exactly like this, but it really should. :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Major Development===&lt;br /&gt;
A major development is a significant piece of new code, adding new functionality to Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Make sure it&#039;s a good idea====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, you should look at the roadmap and talk the idea over with some Moodle developers to see if someone else is working on it already and whether others think the general idea has merit.  Use the forums if you wish, or whatever means you have.  If you have a client, you may need to work with them to work out what they REALLY want (perhaps it isn&#039;t actually a new development for Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a specification in Moodle Docs====&lt;br /&gt;
Start a new page in the Moodle Docs wiki, similar to [[Development:Grades]].  Your page should outline the database table design, the GUI, the hows and whys etc.  Include as much detail as you need (even mock screenshots) but try to keep it clear and logically organised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Seek and absorb community feedback====&lt;br /&gt;
Post about the new page in the appropriate forums on [http://moodle.org/course/view.php?id=5 Using Moodle] to help draw attention to it and to stimulate some discussion around your development.  The more feedback you have the better, especially if it includes a wide variety of users (developers, teachers, students etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit your page in response to the feedback, or invite people to do so themselves.  try to evolve the specification into something that all users are happy with.   Sometimes it&#039;s worth working harder to find the &amp;quot;best&amp;quot; way to do something without adding Yet Another Option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Set up tasks in the Moodle Tracker====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the specification has settled down, it&#039;s time to start work.  Create a new task for yourself in the Moodle Tracker, and add sub-tasks in roughly chronological order for all the different parts of the job.   This not only helps you keep track of where you are, but allows the community to &amp;quot;watch you&amp;quot; develop and to help you where they can.  If there are different people working on different parts, you can assign subtasks to different people.  It&#039;s really very convenient to use once you get the hang of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use CVS and link commits to Tracker====&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, develop the code in an open code repository (and preferably Moodle CVS!).  If you need CVS write access to the core code or the contrib repository, contact support@moodle.com with details.   Gaining access to the main core code is quite difficult, but we are generally very free with access to the contrib area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every time you make a commit, include a detailed message about the new code and always include a Moodle Tracker bug number (e.g. MDL-7777).  This will ensure that the Moodle Tracker is able to detect your commit and attach it to the relevant bug report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Comment on milestones in forums and tracker====&lt;br /&gt;
If you hit a major milestone, or want testers to try something, feel free to post about it in the relevant forum on Using Moodle.  The more people you can attract to look and try out your code the better it will be, trust me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Respond to bug reports====&lt;br /&gt;
Of course you need to listen to your users (well, most of them :-)).  Encourage people to file bugs, and fix them.  If you need help setting up a project category in the Tracker contact support@moodle.com.  This will ensure that all your bugs are easy to find and to track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Minor Development=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For smaller modules, fixes, improvements and other issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Create a new issue in the tracker====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You should definitely create an issue in the tracker to describe your development and to act as a focus point for all discussion.  You can reference the bug number from forum discussions and in commit messages etc.  This way everyone can easily find out exactly what they are talking about.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Attach a patch====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have some code, please attach it to the tracker issue, or if it&#039;s on your own site then link to it from the tracker issue.  Don&#039;t attach code in the Moodle forums ... it will &amp;quot;rot&amp;quot; quickly there and just clogs up moodle.org with useless old code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Promote the patch====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By all means draw attention to your work in the Moodle forums (mentioning the bug number) or email developers directly to help make them aware of it.  You can also add developers as &amp;quot;watchers&amp;quot; to the tracker issue if you want, this means they will get email for every change on the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Finding your way into the Moodle code]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Working with the Community]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developer|Overview]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Managing_roles&amp;diff=31454</id>
		<title>Managing roles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Managing_roles&amp;diff=31454"/>
		<updated>2008-01-21T20:31:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Testing a new role */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Roles}}&lt;br /&gt;
Location: &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The define roles page has three tabs, for managing roles, [[Allow role assignments|allowing role assignments]] and [[Allow role overrides|allowing role overrides]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The manage roles tab contains a list of roles on your site. The edit column contains icons for editing and deleting roles, and for moving them up or down in the list (affecting the way that roles are listed around Moodle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Predefined roles==&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle comes with 7 predefined roles:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Assign administrators|Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Course creator]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teacher#Non-editing teacher| Non-editing teacher]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Student]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Guest access|Guest]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Authenticated user]] (from 1.8 onwards)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Editing a role==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:manage roles.png|thumb|Managing roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a role:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Permissions in the Site Administration block, then Define roles.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the edit icon opposite the role you want to edit e.g. student.&lt;br /&gt;
#On the edit role page, change permissions as required.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the page and click the &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding a new role==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new role:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Permissions in the Site Administration block, then Define roles.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Add a new role&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
#On the add a new role page, give the role a name. If you need to name the role for multiple languages you can use [[Multi language content|multi-lang syntax]] if you wish, such as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;multilang&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Teacher&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;es_es&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;multilang&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Profesor&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If multi-lang syntax is used then &#039;&#039;Filter all strings&#039;&#039; should be set in [[Filter settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
#Give the role a meaningful short name. The short name is necessary for other plugins in Moodle that may need to refer to the role (e.g. when uploading users from a file or setting enrolments via an enrolment plugin).&lt;br /&gt;
#Give the role a description (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
#Set permissions as required.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the page and click the &amp;quot;Add a new role&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Creating a duplicate role==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moodle 1.8}}In Moodle 1.8 onwards, a new role may be quickly created by making a copy of an existing role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a duplicate role:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Permissions in the Site Administration block, then Define roles. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the role to be duplicated, for example &amp;quot;Guest&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Duplicate role&amp;quot; button near the top of the &amp;quot;View role details&amp;quot; page.&lt;br /&gt;
#Answer Yes to the question &amp;quot;Are you sure you want to duplicate the role ...?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#The list of roles will now show the &amp;quot;... copy 1&amp;quot; at the bottom, for example &amp;quot;Guest copy 1&amp;quot;.   &lt;br /&gt;
#Edit the duplicated role to meet your needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Legacy role types==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Legacy role types were implemented for backward compatibility.&lt;br /&gt;
* Selecting a legacy role type in 1.8 (or allowing a legacy capability in 1.7) does NOT provide a new role with all capabilities of a pre-Moodle 1.7 role.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is recommended that a legacy role type is selected only for roles that are similar to pre-Moodle 1.7 student/teacher/admin/creator roles. &lt;br /&gt;
* It is not necessary to select a legacy role type unless using old 3rd party code that was not designed for Moodle 1.7 and doesn&#039;t yet support roles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==New role considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A newly created or copied role does not have the ability to override or assign any other roles. You should consider if you need to allow the role such rights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
New roles will not by default be listed in course descriptions (even if copied from a role that already is, such as the [[Teacher]] role). This is set via &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; [[Course managers]]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Testing a new role==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To test a new role:&lt;br /&gt;
#Create test user and assign new role to them.&lt;br /&gt;
#Either logout as admin and then login as test user or use a different browser to login as test user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, use Switch roles to test the new role. This will only work with Moodle 1.9 and newer, and is only useful with course-scoped capabilities (ie: it will not be usable to test &#039;moodle/user:edit&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: In Moodle 1.7.x and 1.8.x role changes only take effect after the next login from that user, so new roles may not be tested using the &amp;quot;Switch role to...&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example roles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Inspector role|Inspector]] - for providing external inspectors with permission to view all courses (without being required to enrol)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Parent role|Parent]] - for providing parents/mentors/tutors with permission to view certain information about their children/mentees/tutees&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Demo teacher role|Demo teacher]] - for providing a demonstration teacher account with a password which can&#039;t be changed&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Forum moderator role]] - for providing a user with permission in a particular forum to edit or delete forum posts, split discussions and move discussions to other forums&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Keyholder role]] - for setting the person named as holding a course [[Enrolment key|enrolment key]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Calendar editor role]] - for enabling a user to add site events to the calendar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=66782 What happens if a user has multiple roles in a course?] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Gestionar_roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Définir les rôles]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:ロールの管理]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Roles_FAQ&amp;diff=31453</id>
		<title>Roles FAQ</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Roles_FAQ&amp;diff=31453"/>
		<updated>2008-01-21T20:26:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Why isn&amp;#039;t my role change taking effect? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Roles}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is the definition of a...==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Role&lt;br /&gt;
:An identifier of the user&#039;s status in some context, for example Teacher, Student and Forum moderator&lt;br /&gt;
;Capability&lt;br /&gt;
:A description of a particular Moodle feature, for example [[Capabilities/moodle/blog:create|moodle/blog:create]]&lt;br /&gt;
;Permission&lt;br /&gt;
:A setting for a capability - inherit, allow, prevent or prohibit&lt;br /&gt;
;Context&lt;br /&gt;
:A &amp;quot;space&amp;quot; in Moodle, such as courses, activity modules or blocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why isn&#039;t my role change taking effect?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Moodle 1.9 and newer role changes are immediate; in Moodle 1.7.x and 1.8.x role they are not, and will take effect after the next login from that user. Regarding testing new roles, please refer to the information in [[Manage roles]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, please check the context in which the role is assigned. Certain capabilities e.g. [[Capabilities/moodle/user:update|moodle/user:update]] may only be applied in the system context, so assigning a role in the course context will result in the role change not taking effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are participants being added automatically when a new course is created?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a user is assigned a global role or a role in the course category context then the user has this role in ALL courses in that context. Thus users who are students or teachers at the category level appear as course participants in all courses in that category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please check &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Assign global roles&#039;&#039; and also the Assign roles link in course categories page and unassign users as necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are all students enrolled in all courses?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either&lt;br /&gt;
*Users are assigned the role of student in the site/system context rather than the course context (see FAQ above)&lt;br /&gt;
Or&lt;br /&gt;
*The default role for all users in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; User policies&#039;&#039; is set to Student rather than Authenticated user (Moodle 1.8 onwards).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are there differences in the users listed as course participants and users assigned roles in a course?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users assigned roles in a higher context, for example users assigned the role of teacher in a course category context, may appear as course participants. The discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=59900 Discrepancies between Assign Roles lists and Participants list] contains a longer explanation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I prevent administrators being listed as course participants?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure that administrators are not assigned another role in addition to their admin role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why are hidden assignments still visible?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hidden assignments are not hidden from admins or teachers i.e. users with the [[Capabilities/moodle/role:viewhiddenassigns|viewhiddenassigns capability]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Where are permissions inherited from?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are inherited from a role assigned in a higher-level context which has permissions set to allow for particular capabilities. If permission is never allowed/not set in any context (in particular, if you are creating or editing a role at the site level), then a user will have no permission for that capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Student role has permission not set for the change site configuration capability. The permission is never allowed in any context so users assigned the role of Student cannot change the site configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What is a hierarchy of permissions?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This determines which permission wins or is going to be in effect if there is an apparent conflict. For example, the site allows all students the permission to post in forums, but a teacher might prevent that right in a particular course. The hierarchy of permissions would allow a student to post in one course but not in another course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Are there any differences in Roles in Moodle 1.7 and 1.8?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to many Roles fixes and refinements (see the list of [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?mode=hide&amp;amp;requestId=10221 Roles improvements] in the Tracker), in Moodle 1.8 the &#039;&#039;system&#039;&#039; context is separated from the &#039;&#039;site&#039;&#039; context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site context in Moodle 1.8 is the &amp;quot;front page course&amp;quot; and its activities. Roles may be assigned in the  site context via &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page roles&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Duplicate role&amp;quot; button has been added in Moodle 1.8, which makes creating new roles based on predefined roles much quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I change the name for &amp;quot;teacher&amp;quot; in the course description?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit the role of Teacher via &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039; and rename it. The new name will apply site-wide.&lt;br /&gt;
Or&lt;br /&gt;
* Create a duplicate teacher role with an alternative name and assign users the duplicate teacher role as appropriate in the course context. In &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Appearance &amp;gt; Course manager&#039;&#039; select the alternative name for teacher that you wish to be displayed in the course description.&lt;br /&gt;
Or&lt;br /&gt;
* One more way to do it in 1.8 is to create new &amp;quot;dummy&amp;quot; roles (no capabilities) with those names and assign them to teachers along with the real roles. In the course manager settings you can choose which roles display on the front page under each course. (The feature request [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-9182 Ability to assign or display custom title for role of person in course] contains this further method.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moodle 1.9}}From Moodle 1.9 onwards, names for different roles in a course may be changed in the [[Course settings|course settings]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I enable teachers to set role overrides?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Edit the teacher role and change the capability [[Capabilities/moodle/role:override|moodle/role:override]] to allow.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the button &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the tab &amp;quot;Allow role overrides&amp;quot; (in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
#Check the appropriate box to allow a teacher to override the student role.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the button &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I enable teachers to assign other teachers in a course?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is disabled by default but it can be switched on by modifying the teacher&#039;s role. In &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define roles&#039;&#039; select the &amp;quot;Allow role assignments&amp;quot; tab and tick the checkbox where Teacher and Teacher intersect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Why doesn&#039;t &amp;quot;Switch role to..&amp;quot; within a course seem to work properly for a Course Creator?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This feature is intended for Teachers assigned at the course level. Users assigned at &amp;quot;higher&amp;quot; contexts should not expect reliable results from this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Are there any example roles?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Inspector role|Inspector]] - for providing external inspectors with permission to view all courses (without being required to enrol)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Parent role|Parent]] - for providing parents/mentors/tutors with permission to view certain information about their children/mentees/tutees&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Demo teacher role|Demo teacher]] - for providing a demonstration teacher account with a password which can&#039;t be changed&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Forum moderator role]] - for providing a user with permission in a particular forum to edit or delete forum posts, split discussions and move discussions to other forums&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Keyholder role]] - for setting the person named as holding a course [[Enrolment key|enrolment key]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Logged-in users can&#039;t read the site news. What can I do?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page roles&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the &amp;quot;Override roles&amp;quot; link&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;Authenticated User&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Change the capability [[Capabilities/mod/forum:viewdiscussion|mod/forum:viewdiscussion]] to &#039;&#039;allow&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; button at the bottom of the page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do I enable logged-in users to participate in front page activities?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either:&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page roles&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Follow the &amp;quot;Override roles&amp;quot; link&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;Authenticated User&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Change capabilities to &#039;&#039;allow&#039;&#039; for all required activities e.g. record a choice, reply to posts&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; button at the bottom of the page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that for this to work, you need to make the default role for all users &amp;quot;authenticated user&amp;quot;. This is the default for new versions of Moodle. In older versions, the default setting is guest, so if you have recently upgraded, you may have to change this setting. You can change the setting via &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; User Policies&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or:&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page roles&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Student&lt;br /&gt;
#Select all users in the potential users list, and use the left-facing arrow button to add them to the existing users list&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Moodle 1.9}}Or, in Moodle 1.9 onwards:&lt;br /&gt;
#Access &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Front Page &amp;gt; Front Page settings&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the default front page role to student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:FAQ_roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:FAQ des rôles]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:ロールFAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:FAQ по ролям]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Fast_portable_SQL&amp;diff=31286</id>
		<title>Development:Fast portable SQL</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Fast_portable_SQL&amp;diff=31286"/>
		<updated>2008-01-14T20:44:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Portable examples */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a work in progress! We keep notes here of bits of SQL that we know that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Work on all supported DBs (this is tricky!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Are scalable and fast&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A key strategy for scalability is to ensure we do as much work as possible in the DB with minimal back-and-forth with PHP. Modern DB engines have very smart optimizers and if we play to their strenghts, can process millions of records in milliseconds. To hit those strenghts we want to reduce chattiness with the DB -- one &amp;quot;smart&amp;quot; SQL query (even if complex) is thousand of times better than a foreach loop in PHP that issues a thousand SQL queries. At least it will be more than a thousand times faster ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=UPDATE with JOINs=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good scalable way to update a lot of data is to combine the UPDATE with a SUBSELECT, to UPDATE the data directly from the DB itself. The rows never need to go back and forth to PHP, so this is extremely fast. The problem is that it is very hard to get it portable across DBs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pg and MySQL disagree on the extended syntax of UPDATE with JOIN&lt;br /&gt;
* MySQL does not support to have the table being updated in a subselect (but it supports it as JOINed table with a different alias - Pg does not support this)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Portable examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fix a broken relation - this is roughly equivalent to a subselect with a LEFT OUTER JOIN:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    UPDATE {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course &lt;br /&gt;
    SET    category =  $defaultcategory&lt;br /&gt;
    WHERE&lt;br /&gt;
    NOT EXISTS (SELECT id FROM {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course_categories WHERE id={$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course.category)&lt;br /&gt;
    AND {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course.id != $SITEID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete chat_messages older than the (optional) keepdays setting in the related table chat. chat.keepdays the setting can be NULL or 0, both of which mean &#039;keep forever&#039;, so we have to be careful. This is somewhat clunky, but replaces hundreds of queries with 1. Notes...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the subselect returns NULL or 0 it won&#039;t satisfy &#039;&amp;gt;0&#039; - so we handle both cases in one check&lt;br /&gt;
* We substract $keepdays - 24 * 3600 ... if we add it we can sometimes exceed the boundaries of an int in PostgreSQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Could be improved to run the subselect only once&lt;br /&gt;
** Is there any DB that won&#039;t optimize this?&lt;br /&gt;
** How can we do this portably?&lt;br /&gt;
* The subselect works on MySQL because it does not refer to the table we are deleting from&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    $subselect = &amp;quot;SELECT c.keepdays&lt;br /&gt;
                  FROM {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}chat c&lt;br /&gt;
                  WHERE c.id = {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}chat_messages.chatid&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
    $sql = &amp;quot;DELETE&lt;br /&gt;
            FROM {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}chat_messages&lt;br /&gt;
            WHERE ($subselect) &amp;gt; 0 AND timestamp &amp;lt; ( &amp;quot;.time().&amp;quot; -($subselect) * 24 * 3600)&amp;quot;;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Fast_portable_SQL&amp;diff=31261</id>
		<title>Development:Fast portable SQL</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Fast_portable_SQL&amp;diff=31261"/>
		<updated>2008-01-14T05:41:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* UPDATE with JOINs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a work in progress! We keep notes here of bits of SQL that we know that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Work on all supported DBs (this is tricky!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Are scalable and fast&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A key strategy for scalability is to ensure we do as much work as possible in the DB with minimal back-and-forth with PHP. Modern DB engines have very smart optimizers and if we play to their strenghts, can process millions of records in milliseconds. To hit those strenghts we want to reduce chattiness with the DB -- one &amp;quot;smart&amp;quot; SQL query (even if complex) is thousand of times better than a foreach loop in PHP that issues a thousand SQL queries. At least it will be more than a thousand times faster ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=UPDATE with JOINs=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good scalable way to update a lot of data is to combine the UPDATE with a SUBSELECT, to UPDATE the data directly from the DB itself. The rows never need to go back and forth to PHP, so this is extremely fast. The problem is that it is very hard to get it portable across DBs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pg and MySQL disagree on the extended syntax of UPDATE with JOIN&lt;br /&gt;
* MySQL does not support to have the table being updated in a subselect (but it supports it as JOINed table with a different alias - Pg does not support this)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Portable examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fix a broken relation - this is roughly equivalent to a subselect with a LEFT OUTER JOIN:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    UPDATE {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course &lt;br /&gt;
    SET    category =  $defaultcategory&lt;br /&gt;
    WHERE&lt;br /&gt;
    NOT EXISTS (SELECT id FROM {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course_categories WHERE id={$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course.category)&lt;br /&gt;
    AND mdl_course.id != $SITEID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Delete chat_messages older than the (optional) keepdays setting in the related table chat. chat.keepdays the setting can be NULL or 0, both of which mean &#039;keep forever&#039;, so we have to be careful. This is somewhat clunky, but replaces hundreds of queries with 1. Notes...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the subselect returns NULL or 0 it won&#039;t satisfy &#039;&amp;gt;0&#039; - so we handle both cases in one check&lt;br /&gt;
* We substract $keepdays - 24 * 3600 ... if we add it we can sometimes exceed the boundaries of an int in PostgreSQL&lt;br /&gt;
* Could be improved to run the subselect only once&lt;br /&gt;
** Is there any DB that won&#039;t optimize this?&lt;br /&gt;
** How can we do this portably?&lt;br /&gt;
* The subselect works on MySQL because it does not refer to the table we are deleting from&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    $keepdays = &amp;quot;SELECT c.keepdays&lt;br /&gt;
                 FROM {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}chat c&lt;br /&gt;
                 WHERE c.id = {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}chat_messages.chatid&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
    $sql = &amp;quot;DELETE&lt;br /&gt;
            FROM {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}chat_messages&lt;br /&gt;
            WHERE ($subselect) &amp;gt; 0 AND timestamp &amp;lt; ( &amp;quot;.time().&amp;quot; -($subselect) * 24 * 3600)&amp;quot;;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Fast_portable_SQL&amp;diff=31260</id>
		<title>Development:Fast portable SQL</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Fast_portable_SQL&amp;diff=31260"/>
		<updated>2008-01-14T05:10:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is a work in progress! We keep notes here of bits of SQL that we know that&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Work on all supported DBs (this is tricky!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Are scalable and fast&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A key strategy for scalability is to ensure we do as much work as possible in the DB with minimal back-and-forth with PHP. Modern DB engines have very smart optimizers and if we play to their strenghts, can process millions of records in milliseconds. To hit those strenghts we want to reduce chattiness with the DB -- one &amp;quot;smart&amp;quot; SQL query (even if complex) is thousand of times better than a foreach loop in PHP that issues a thousand SQL queries. At least it will be more than a thousand times faster ;-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=UPDATE with JOINs=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good scalable way to update a lot of data is to combine the UPDATE with a SUBSELECT, to UPDATE the data directly from the DB itself. The rows never need to go back and forth to PHP, so this is extremely fast. The problem is that it is very hard to get it portable across DBs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pg and MySQL disagree on the extended syntax of UPDATE with JOIN&lt;br /&gt;
* MySQL does not support to have the table being updated in a subselect (but it supports it as JOINed table with a different alias - Pg does not support this)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Portable examples==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fix a broken relation - this is roughly equivalent to a subselect with a LEFT OUTER JOIN:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    UPDATE {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course &lt;br /&gt;
    SET    category =  $defaultcategory&lt;br /&gt;
    WHERE&lt;br /&gt;
    NOT EXISTS (SELECT id FROM {$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course_categories WHERE id={$CFG-&amp;gt;prefix}course.category)&lt;br /&gt;
    AND mdl_course.id != $SITEID&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Developer_documentation&amp;diff=31259</id>
		<title>Development:Developer documentation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Developer_documentation&amp;diff=31259"/>
		<updated>2008-01-14T04:53:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Guidelines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;p class=&amp;quot;note&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; New developer documentation pages should be added to the &#039;&#039;Development namespace&#039;&#039; by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Development:&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; before the new page name i.e. &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Development:New page name]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;If you are a developer, you probably want to change your [[Special:Preferences|preferences]] to include the Development namespace in searches.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;A page may be added to the Developer category by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[[Category:Developer|New page name]]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; at the bottom of the page.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How Moodle development works==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Development:Overview|overview of the Moodle development process]] may be handy in understanding how the development of Moodle occurs and how people become Moodle developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guidelines==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following guidelines are crucial reading for anyone wanting to contribute to the Moodle code base:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Coding|Coding guidelines]] have to be followed by all Moodle developers&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Moodle design goals]] spells out the basic design goals behind Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Interface guidelines]] aim to provide a common feel to the Moodle user interface&lt;br /&gt;
*[[CVS (developer)|Moodle CVS for developers]] explains how to work with the Moodle code in CVS&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Tracker]] explains the Moodle Tracker for keeping track of bugs, issues, feature requests etc&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Working with the Community|Working with the Community]] explains how to engage with the dev community and discuss changes&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Unit tests|Unit tests]] explains how to run the unit tests, and how to write new test cases.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Fast portable SQL]] shows SQL techniques that are fast, efficient, and known to work on all supported DBs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documentation for core components==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is for documentation of specific components of the existing core Moodle code. Discussion of components that are under discussion or in development can be found in the [[Developer notes]] or on the [[Roadmap]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The documents below give a general overview. For detailed function-by-function documentation, see the [http://phpdocs.moodle.org/ phpDocumentor] documentation that is automatically generated from the comments in the code. And don&#039;t forget that the most up-to-date and detailed description of how the code works is the code itself, and you can [http://xref.moodle.org/nav.html?index.html browse the code online using phpXRef]. Moodle code should be easy to read and understand. Use the source, Luke!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Core components that affect everything===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Database schema introduction|The database schema]]&lt;br /&gt;
*lib/moodlelib.php &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:lib/weblib.php|lib/weblib.php]] for outputting stuff.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:XMLDB_Documentation|Database abstraction layer]] @ v[[1.7]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Roles|Roles and Capabilities system]] @ v[[1.7]] for controlling who can do what.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:lib/formslib.php|Forms library]] @ v[[1.8]] for creating accessible and secure HTML forms that let users edit things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Core libraries with a more specific uses===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Authentication API]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cookieless Sessions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Email processing]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Environment checking|Environment checking]] before install, check the user&#039;s server to ensure Moodle will work there.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Groups|Groups system]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Grades|Gradebook]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Moodle Network|Moodle Network]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Question engine]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Stats package]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[UTF-8 migration|Migration to UTF-8]] @ v[[:Category:Moodle 1.6|1.6]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://developer.yahoo.com/yui YUI JavaScript library] - YUI was selected as the official AJAX library for Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:lib/graphlib|lib/graphlib]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modules included in the standard distribution===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Quiz developer docs|Quiz module]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[SCORM schema|SCORM module 1.5 schema]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How you can contribute==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Make a new plugin===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M in Moodle stands for modular, and the easiest, most maintainable way to add new functionality to Moodle is by using one of the many plugin APIs. There are many types of plugin you can write:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Modules|Activity modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Admin reports|Admin reports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Assignment types|Assignment types]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Authentication plugins|Authentication plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Blocks|Blocks]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Course formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Course Report Plugins|Course reports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Database fields|Database fields]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Database presets|Database presets]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Enrolment plugins|Enrolment plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Filters|Filters]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Gradebook plugins|Gradebook plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Development:Gradebook report|Gradebook report]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Development:Gradebook export|Gradebook export]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Development:Gradebook import|Gradebook import]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Question engine|Question engine]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Question import/export formats|Question import/export formats]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:How to write a quiz report plugin|Quiz reports]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Resource types|Resource types]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:SSO plugins|SSO plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Search engine adapters|Search engine adapters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have developed a new component please publish it in the [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?id=6009 Moodle modules and plugins database].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Change core code===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some types of change can only be made by editing the core Moodle code. Such changes are much harder to maintain than plugins. If you want your core change to be considered for inclusion in the official Moodle release, you need to create an issue in the [[Tracker|tracker]], and attach your change as a [[Development:How_to_create_a_patch|patch]]. It is also a good idea to discuss your ideas in the forums first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ways to contribute that do not involve PHP programming===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Themes|Create Moodle themes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Translation|Translate Moodle into other languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[MoodleDocs:Guidelines for contributors|Help document Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Database schemas|Database schemas]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Tests|Join the testing effort]], which involves [[Tracker|participating in the bug tracker]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Plans for the future==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideas for and details of planned future features of Moodle are initially discussed on the forums in the [http://moodle.org/course/view.php?id=5 Using Moodle] course at moodle.org. That developer discussions are intermixed with user discussions in the same forums may seem strange at first but is one of the reasons for the success of Moodle. It is important that both end-users and developers discuss the future features together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once ideas begin to crystallize on the forums they can be summarized in this wiki, either as part of the [[Roadmap]] or in the form of [[Developer notes]]. These pages then form the basis for further discussion in the forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Roadmap]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Developer notes|Developer notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Student projects]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Developer conferences]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Resources and tools ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Developer FAQ]] - frequently asked questions, especially useful for newcomers to Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Finding_your_way_into_the_Moodle_code|Finding your way into the Moodle code]] - also aimed at newcomers&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://tracker.moodle.org/ Moodle tracker] - bug reports, feature requests and other tracked issues&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Firefox tracker search]] - How to setup a firefox quicksearch to easily navigate to moodle bugs&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Unmerged files]] - changes on the stable branch in CVS that have not been merged to HEAD&lt;br /&gt;
*Browse the code online:&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://cvs.moodle.org/moodle/ the code with a complete change history from CVS]&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://xref.moodle.org/index.html the code, with links generated by PHPXref]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://phpdocs.moodle.org/ Moodle PHP doc reference] - compiled from the comment attached to each class and function in the code&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Database Schema|Database Schema]] - for recent releases&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/course/view.php?id=5#4 Development news and discussion] section of Using Moodle course&lt;br /&gt;
**especially the [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=55 General developer forum]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Filters used on the Moodle.org forums|cool tricks you can use in the moodle.org forums]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Some tools people use when working on Moodle code:&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Development:Setting_up_Eclipse|Setting up Eclipse for Moodle development]] - Eclipse is a great editor to use for php development, if you can work out how to set it up.&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Development:vim|Setting up Vim for Moodle development]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Development:ctags|Ctags]] - Using a tags file to navigate code&lt;br /&gt;
**[[W3C_validation|W3C HTML validator]] - Moodle has built in support to make using it easier.&lt;br /&gt;
**Firebug plugin for Firefox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://security.moodle.org/ Moodle Security Centre]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.com/partners/ Moodle Partners] - providers of custom Moodle development services&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developer]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Documentación para Desarrolladores]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Documentation développeur]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Desenvolvimento:Documentação para programadores]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[zh:开发者文档]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:開発者ドキュメント]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Blackboard_migration&amp;diff=31088</id>
		<title>Blackboard migration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Blackboard_migration&amp;diff=31088"/>
		<updated>2008-01-08T22:10:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;From version 1.5 onwards, Moodle&#039;s &amp;quot;course restore&amp;quot; facility can import courses from Blackboard 5.5 and 6.0 -- you have to use the &#039;export&#039; facility in BB to get the files in the correct format from BB. For question pools, there is a dedicated import facility in the Quiz Module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There&#039;s a screen-by-screen walkthrough by Matt Campbell - he says:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: We recently migrated about 200 courses from Blackboard 6 to Moodle 1.5+, and I made a [http://instructor.metrotech.org/~mcampbell/Converting%20Blackboard%20to%20Moodle.ppt PowerPoint] for this routine.  I&#039;ve been asked to make a Captivate just on the import routine and will work on that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the above to work, you will need to have the XSLT and Sablotron extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some question types are not supported by Moodle directly -- see below for contrib question types that add that support.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Moodle 1.4.x [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=32049 Blackboard content conversion tool] is available. It was designed to migrate Blackboard 6.1 to Moodle 1.4+ - it may be possible to make it work with other versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= CSU Humboldt Migration =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Michael Penney in the forum discussion [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=1565 Migrating 10000 students from Blackboard to Moodle?] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;It works pretty well with a couple of caveats:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;1) It doesn&#039;t import all Blackboard question types: at CSU H, we wrote an essay question type and a &#039;rendered match&#039; question type and a BB pool importer, we&#039;d like to work with SF and others to get our qtype importer into theirs.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;2) SF&#039;s tool is designed to make you think about your course when you import it and redesign it. That is a nice idea, however it can be pretty time consuming when you have hundreds of documents in a course (&amp;lt;rant&amp;gt;Blackboard&#039;s poor content development tools encourage what I call the &#039;datadump&#039; course format, instead of delivering information in an effective elearning tool like Moodle&#039;s lesson, with BB folks tend to post hundreds of office documents and then massive quizzes about them&amp;lt;/rant&amp;gt;).&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example Migration of One Test Course==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;by [[User:Jeffrey Silverman|Jeff Silverman]], The Johns Hopkins University&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Note: I am a novice Moodler. This is a description of what I did to move a single exported BlackBoard course to my out-of-the-box Moodle test installation.  I had a number of questions about the process and I hope this example helps answer them for someone else.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===When===&lt;br /&gt;
This test procedure was performed during the week of 20-Aug-2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
* Moodle 1.8&lt;br /&gt;
* BlackBoard 7.1 &amp;quot;basic&amp;quot; (unconfirmed)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Procedure===&lt;br /&gt;
# Export course content from Bb. This step was done by someone else! I do not know how to do this, what options were chosen, etc.  I do know that I got a .zip file that I think is a &amp;quot;Course Archive&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import course into Moodle. (Needs to be done by a user with the necessary privileges. I have only one user in my Moodle installation, the &amp;quot;Admin&amp;quot; user, and he (she?) is the &amp;quot;Site Administrator&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
## Create new course&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &amp;quot;Restore&amp;quot; under the course administrative tools&lt;br /&gt;
## Choose a file to upload; upload the Bb .zip file&lt;br /&gt;
## Choose &amp;quot;import&amp;quot; -- in another page or two you will get to say to restore this as a &amp;quot;New Course&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
Some of my questions were as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Do you have to create a new course?&lt;br /&gt;
## Aparent answer: YES. Personally, I found this very counter-intuitive, as &amp;quot;importing a course&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;restore from backup&amp;quot; or other similar administrative tasks seem to me to be on a level outside a specific course.  For example, having the &amp;quot;Restore&amp;quot; feature only available in the admin tools for a particular course makes it seem like the restoration will only work for that course -- but that is not true.  You can use any course&#039;s &amp;quot;Restore&amp;quot; link in the admin tools and choose &amp;quot;Create a New Course&amp;quot; mid-way through the retoration procedure. But creating a new course from backup that has nothing to do with the course in which one has clicked the &amp;quot;Restore&amp;quot; link is, like I said, counter-intuitive. And, to top it off, I could find no mention of this until I had already clicked on &amp;quot;Restore&amp;quot;. Looks like I need to add some information to the &amp;quot;administrative tools&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;backup/restore&amp;quot; docs, hm? :)&lt;br /&gt;
# Is there a specific &amp;quot;Bb-to-Moodle&amp;quot; conversion tool?&lt;br /&gt;
## Answer: NO. Unlike the WebCT-to-Moodle conversion, [[http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&amp;amp;rid=94 which requires a specific add-on]], Bb conversion is now built in.&lt;br /&gt;
# What format does the Bb export have to be in?&lt;br /&gt;
# What versions of Bb and Moodle will this work for?&lt;br /&gt;
# There is a tool floating around called &amp;quot;[[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=32049 Blackboard Content Conversion Tool (CCT)]]&amp;quot; that sounds useful for converting Bb to Moodle. Do I need it?&lt;br /&gt;
## Answer: NO.  Actually, I had a bunch of questions about that tool, too, but ultimately I did not need it.&lt;br /&gt;
### Does the CCT run on the server where Bb is running?&lt;br /&gt;
### Does it interact, somehow, directly with the Bb instance?&lt;br /&gt;
### Or does it run on the Moodle server and do the import from Bb into Moodle?&lt;br /&gt;
# Others...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=78521 Migrate a course from Blackboard to Moodle] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Administrator]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developer]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30705</id>
		<title>Latest release notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30705"/>
		<updated>2007-12-27T22:34:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Headline features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{About Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.9 Beta==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th August 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a DEVELOPMENT RELEASE made available for wider testing by the community in preparation for a polished release of 1.9 in the coming weeks. It should not be used for production sites unless you are prepared to report the bugs you find in the [http://tracker.moodle.org Moodle Tracker], hopefully with your patches attached. :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10190 the full list of fixed issues in 1.9 so far].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Grades|Gradebook]] - Moodle.com  (funded by Open University)&lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely rewritten from scratch for speed and flexibility. The new gradebook consists of plugins for reports, imports and exports. There are a number of standard reports which are useful for graders, students etc. The grader report allows you to treat the gradebook much more like a spreadsheet with manual editing, calculations, aggregations, weighting, locking, hiding, textual notes and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Outcomes|Outcomes]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: You can also now develop a list of expected outcomes (competencies) and connect these to courses and activities. You can even grade against multiple outcomes at once (ie Rubrics).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Events|Events API]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::The new Events API provides a way for any code to &amp;quot;hook&amp;quot; into events in a clean, loosely coupled way.  It&#039;s the foundation of the new gradebook. A lot of events in Moodle (such as adding a user or a course) now trigger events that developers can hook into.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Scalability|Scalability and performance improvements]] improvements - Catalyst IT Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
::A complete overhaul of the [[Roles]] implementation for correctness and scalability. Large sites with thousands of courses and users now load quickly and behave well under heavy traffic, thanks to reworked code for Roles. Additional boost for sites using PHP precompilers and significant improvements in the DB access code in all databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[MNet Mahara|Moodle Network - Mahara Interoperability]] - Catalyst IT Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
::Moodle v1.9 and [http://www.mahara.org/ Mahara E-porfolio v0.9] now do transparent Single Sign On - one to one, one to many, many to many. Students can maintain their personal [[E-portfolio|E-portfolios]] in Mahara.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tags]] - Luiz Cruz ([[Student_projects/Social_Networking_features|GSOC Social Networking project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Allows users to describe their own interests in terms of tags, which creates interest pages around those tags, bringing information together from a variety of sources.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Question_Engine_Changes_in_Moodle_1.9|Improved question bank]] - Jamie Pratt funded by [http://www.fun.ac.jp/en/ Future University Hakodate].&lt;br /&gt;
::Allows questions to be shared by the whole site, a course category, a single course, or be kept private to a single module. More control over who can do what to each question. Improved file management for files linked to by questions.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Detailed notes can be kept about individual users (for example teachers might want to keep and share notes about students in their class).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bulk user actions]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
::Administrators can perform bulk user actions, such as the mass deletion of user accounts. Extended features in the bulk user upload script to allow generation of user fields based on templates. &lt;br /&gt;
* New Custom Corners theme - Urs Hunkler&lt;br /&gt;
:: Beautiful and curvy (in all browsers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other major improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Groups]] and [[Groupings]] - UPLGC, Catalyst Ltd, Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: New support for groupings (groups of groups) which was added briefly and then removed from 1.8.x. Activities and resources may be assigned to particular groupings.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[NTLM authentication|Active Directory NTLM Single Sign On]] - Catalyst Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
:: Integrated a reworked version of the NTLM Single Sign On, originally by Dan Marsden.&lt;br /&gt;
* New theme settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category themes - can now set the theme for a category which will apply to all sub-categories and courses&lt;br /&gt;
** Theme order - new setting &#039;&#039;$CFG-&amp;gt;themeorder&#039;&#039; which sets the priority of the themes from highest to lowest.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ability to control block visibility with roles&lt;br /&gt;
** A new [[Capabilities/moodle/block:view|moodle/block:view]] capability has been added which allows control of who can view blocks from the roles system. This allows certain blocks to be hidden from the guest user, for example. See [[Block_permissions|Hiding blocks from certain users]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Oracle Support - Catalyst Ltd, USQ&lt;br /&gt;
:: Significant enhancements in Oracle support, scalability and performance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiz/Question improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Improved question bank, as above.&lt;br /&gt;
** Quizzes now listed on the MyMoodle page. (Implemented by Stephen Bourget and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** A quiz can now [[Quiz submission email notification|send emails when an attempt is finished]] - a confirmation to the student, a notification to all teachers, or both. (Implemented by Graham Miller of [http://www.webenhanced.com.au/ Web Enhanced Solutions] and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Third party question types can now implement Moodle XML and other import and export format. (Implemented by Howard Miller.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Gift Import/Export format can now handle Essay and Description question types.&lt;br /&gt;
** Some slight improvements to quiz layout. See [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-10374 MDL-10374] for details. Theme designers please note.&lt;br /&gt;
** Multiple choice questions now show the feedback for all the options to students on the review page after the attempt is over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the new accesslib there is a subtle difference in how we resolve conflicts between &#039;allow&#039; and &#039;prevent&#039; capabilities. See [[Development:Roles#Capability-locality_changes_in_v1.9|Capability-locality changes in 1.9]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 11th October 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10230&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.3].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Some crucial performance fixes&lt;br /&gt;
* Many little annoying bugs squashed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 8th July 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10220&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.2].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Two XSS security vulnerabilities (one reported in the wild) were fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th June 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10213&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* The groups implementation has been cleaned up somewhat from the 1.8 release.  The &#039;&#039;&#039;groupings&#039;&#039;&#039; GUI that appeared in 1.8 has been removed, because groupings are not complete and should not be used yet.  Moodle 1.8 sites that have created groupings should upgrade to 1.8.1 to have groupings reset ... otherwise there could be problem when upgrading to the real groupings in 1.9 or later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 31st March 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10130 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Accessibility]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle interface is now compliant with XHTML Strict 1.0 and major accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Moodle Network]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: We can now set up peer Moodle installations allowing users to roam from one site to another, using comprehensive SSO and transparent remote enrolments.  Administrators at the originating Moodle install can see logs of remote activity. You can also run your Moodle in &amp;quot;Hub&amp;quot; mode where any Moodle install can connect and users roam across.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Web Services API]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle Network code includes an XML-RPC call dispatcher that can expose the WHOLE Moodle API to trusted hosts.  We will building on this in further versions but you can start using it now if you need to.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:lib/formslib.php|Moodle forms library]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: Majority of forms now use a single API for defining forms consistently and collecting data safely without using any HTML at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Multi Authentication]] - Iñaki Arenaza / Catalyst / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: It is now easier to configure multiple sources of authentication at once.  WARNING: the format for authentication plugins has changed, so custom plugins may be broken, however it&#039;s very easy to convert old code to the new format. More details can be found in /auth/README.txt.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Customisable user profiles|Customisable User Profiles]] - Pukunui Technology&lt;br /&gt;
::Allow new arbitrary fields to be added to the user profile, with more control over what fields appear on what signup and profile editing screens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups refactor - OU / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Groups code has been reorganised to make it more flexible for the future (see 1.9).  &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?mode=hide&amp;amp;requestId=10221 Roles improvements] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: In addition to many Roles fixes and refinements, Moodle 1.8 has separated the SYSTEM context from the SITE context (which makes it more like 1.6 used to work).  The SITE context is the &amp;quot;front page course&amp;quot; and its activities.  This should make it easier for admins to set up permissions. Login as and switching of roles was rewritten. Administrators can view recommended permission settings of legacy roles and may reset legacy roles to defaults.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-7993 Support for ODS export] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Open Document Format should solve majority of current problems with exports into proprietary Excel format. You may need to install special import plugin if you are using MS Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known problems===&lt;br /&gt;
* CAS auth not working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin &lt;br /&gt;
:: Payment managers can obtain an authorization code over phone from customer&#039;s bank if the credit card of the user cannot be captured on the internet directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===See also===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Upgrading to Moodle 1.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11th October, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10212&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30th March, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10174 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unintended logouts are now prevented - sesskey added to logout.php script&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed problem with visible posts in user profile when &amp;quot;forceloginforprofiles&amp;quot; disabled&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of site blog entries&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected wrong includes in lams&lt;br /&gt;
* XSS injection in SCORM 1.2 reports&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed old problem with approvals in Data module, edited entries were approved automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed escaping in shell commands (Win32 platform only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of blog drafts&lt;br /&gt;
* Rewritten parameter handling in repository plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed XSS in login block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17th January, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10151 This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7th November, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10120&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011&amp;amp;Create=Create This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Roles]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Permissions based on fine-grained capabilities allow all kinds of roles to be created and assigned in all contexts around Moodle. This creates a great deal more flexibility in the permissions that you can grant to people.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:XMLDB Documentation|XML Database Schema]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: added support for MS-SQL and Oracle with more databases to come. Developers now have just one XML file to edit when changing the database structure, and there is even a very funky editor for this file built-in to Moodle	 &lt;br /&gt;
* New Admin interface	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely new admin interface, with accessible design and cool features to make access to settings fast and easy.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Unit tests|Unit testing framework]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Making it easier for developers to write test code, which should ultimately lead to a more reliable Moodle.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[AJAX]] Course editing (STILL UNSTABLE IN 1.7 RELEASE AND OFF BY DEFAULT, USE WITH CAUTION!)	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Topics and Weekly course formats now feature AJAX editing which means you can drag drop blocks, activities and sections (weeks/topics) and it all happens instantly. No more page reloading!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Assignment module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New type Advanced uploading of files	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Database module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Template/Field settings can now be saved as Presets and shared across a site.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Presets are just zip files, and can also be shared between sites.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Moodle 1.7 comes with one sample preset (an Image Gallery) with more to come.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New latitude/longitude data type	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Lesson module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Now has a more unified view of lesson screens.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher editing:	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Collapsed view has a nicer format, displays more information regarding each page and allows the creation of new pages.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Editing is now speedier by replacing 3 second redirect delays with a notification system.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New feature: display default feedback.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Default is &#039;&#039;&#039;On&#039;&#039;&#039; so previous lessons behave as before.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Description: if no &#039;&#039;response&#039;&#039; is entered for a question answer and this setting is turned &#039;&#039;&#039;Off&#039;&#039;&#039;, then the user skips the feedback page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Graceful degrade of JavaScript.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Several bug fixes.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Quiz module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* The teacher can configure comments that are displayed to the student at the end of their attempt, with the comment displayed depending on the student&#039;s score.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to some core question types	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* All question types can now have some general feedback. This is displayed to all students after they have finished the question (depending on the quiz settings) and does not depend on what response the student gave. Use this to tell the student what the question was about, or link them to more information about the topic it covers.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Matching question type|Matching]] questions can have extra wrong answers, and work when two questions have the same answer.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Multiple Choice question type|Multiple Choice]] questions can have feedback for the whole question, as well as specific answers. This is particularly useful for multiple-response questions.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Numerical question type|Numerical]] questions can have different answers with different precisions and scores. (Previously this was only supported via GIFT import. Now you can edit questions like this.)	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Wiki module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* While editing a wiki page it is now locked so that others cannot try to change it at the same time. Teachers can override the lock.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* Minor bugfixes (mostly to fix problems that occured when using Postgres database).	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Enrolment plugin improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin 	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Accepts &#039;Electronic Checks (ACH)&#039;. After a user approving echeck, an admin who has upload csv capacity must import a CSV file to get the user enrolled in the Payment Management page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Autoconfigures credit card and echeck types if the merchant does not accept some types of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Old releases|Old release notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Notas de versiones]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Notes de mise à jour]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Versões do Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Примечания к версиям]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30704</id>
		<title>Latest release notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30704"/>
		<updated>2007-12-27T21:43:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Other major improvements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{About Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.9 Beta==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th August 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a DEVELOPMENT RELEASE made available for wider testing by the community in preparation for a polished release of 1.9 in the coming weeks. It should not be used for production sites unless you are prepared to report the bugs you find in the [http://tracker.moodle.org Moodle Tracker], hopefully with your patches attached. :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10190 the full list of fixed issues in 1.9 so far].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Grades|Gradebook]] - Moodle.com  (funded by Open University)&lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely rewritten from scratch for speed and flexibility. The new gradebook consists of plugins for reports, imports and exports. There are a number of standard reports which are useful for graders, students etc. The grader report allows you to treat the gradebook much more like a spreadsheet with manual editing, calculations, aggregations, weighting, locking, hiding, textual notes and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Outcomes|Outcomes]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: You can also now develop a list of expected outcomes (competencies) and connect these to courses and activities. You can even grade against multiple outcomes at once (ie Rubrics).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Events|Events API]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::The new Events API provides a way for any code to &amp;quot;hook&amp;quot; into events in a clean, loosely coupled way.  It&#039;s the foundation of the new gradebook. A lot of events in Moodle (such as adding a user or a course) now trigger events that developers can hook into.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Scalability|Scalability and performance improvements]] improvements - Catalyst Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
::A complete overhaul of the [[Roles]] implementation for correctness and scalability. Large sites with thousands of courses and users now load quickly and behave well under heavy traffic, thanks to reworked code for Roles. Additional boost for sites using PHP precompilers and significant improvements in the DB access code in all databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tags]] - Luiz Cruz ([[Student_projects/Social_Networking_features|GSOC Social Networking project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Allows users to describe their own interests in terms of tags, which creates interest pages around those tags, bringing information together from a variety of sources.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Question_Engine_Changes_in_Moodle_1.9|Improved question bank]] - Jamie Pratt funded by [http://www.fun.ac.jp/en/ Future University Hakodate].&lt;br /&gt;
::Allows questions to be shared by the whole site, a course category, a single course, or be kept private to a single module. More control over who can do what to each question. Improved file management for files linked to by questions.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Detailed notes can be kept about individual users (for example teachers might want to keep and share notes about students in their class).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bulk user actions]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
::Administrators can perform bulk user actions, such as the mass deletion of user accounts. Extended features in the bulk user upload script to allow generation of user fields based on templates. &lt;br /&gt;
* New Custom Corners theme - Urs Hunkler&lt;br /&gt;
:: Beautiful and curvy (in all browsers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other major improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Groups]] and [[Groupings]] - UPLGC, Catalyst Ltd, Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: New support for groupings (groups of groups) which was added briefly and then removed from 1.8.x. Activities and resources may be assigned to particular groupings.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[NTLM authentication|Active Directory NTLM Single Sign On]] - Catalyst Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
:: Integrated a reworked version of the NTLM Single Sign On, originally by Dan Marsden.&lt;br /&gt;
* New theme settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category themes - can now set the theme for a category which will apply to all sub-categories and courses&lt;br /&gt;
** Theme order - new setting &#039;&#039;$CFG-&amp;gt;themeorder&#039;&#039; which sets the priority of the themes from highest to lowest.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ability to control block visibility with roles&lt;br /&gt;
** A new [[Capabilities/moodle/block:view|moodle/block:view]] capability has been added which allows control of who can view blocks from the roles system. This allows certain blocks to be hidden from the guest user, for example. See [[Block_permissions|Hiding blocks from certain users]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Oracle Support - Catalyst Ltd, USQ&lt;br /&gt;
:: Significant enhancements in Oracle support, scalability and performance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiz/Question improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Improved question bank, as above.&lt;br /&gt;
** Quizzes now listed on the MyMoodle page. (Implemented by Stephen Bourget and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** A quiz can now [[Quiz submission email notification|send emails when an attempt is finished]] - a confirmation to the student, a notification to all teachers, or both. (Implemented by Graham Miller of [http://www.webenhanced.com.au/ Web Enhanced Solutions] and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Third party question types can now implement Moodle XML and other import and export format. (Implemented by Howard Miller.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Gift Import/Export format can now handle Essay and Description question types.&lt;br /&gt;
** Some slight improvements to quiz layout. See [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-10374 MDL-10374] for details. Theme designers please note.&lt;br /&gt;
** Multiple choice questions now show the feedback for all the options to students on the review page after the attempt is over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the new accesslib there is a subtle difference in how we resolve conflicts between &#039;allow&#039; and &#039;prevent&#039; capabilities. See [[Development:Roles#Capability-locality_changes_in_v1.9|Capability-locality changes in 1.9]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 11th October 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10230&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.3].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Some crucial performance fixes&lt;br /&gt;
* Many little annoying bugs squashed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 8th July 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10220&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.2].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Two XSS security vulnerabilities (one reported in the wild) were fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th June 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10213&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* The groups implementation has been cleaned up somewhat from the 1.8 release.  The &#039;&#039;&#039;groupings&#039;&#039;&#039; GUI that appeared in 1.8 has been removed, because groupings are not complete and should not be used yet.  Moodle 1.8 sites that have created groupings should upgrade to 1.8.1 to have groupings reset ... otherwise there could be problem when upgrading to the real groupings in 1.9 or later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 31st March 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10130 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Accessibility]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle interface is now compliant with XHTML Strict 1.0 and major accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Moodle Network]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: We can now set up peer Moodle installations allowing users to roam from one site to another, using comprehensive SSO and transparent remote enrolments.  Administrators at the originating Moodle install can see logs of remote activity. You can also run your Moodle in &amp;quot;Hub&amp;quot; mode where any Moodle install can connect and users roam across.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Web Services API]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle Network code includes an XML-RPC call dispatcher that can expose the WHOLE Moodle API to trusted hosts.  We will building on this in further versions but you can start using it now if you need to.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:lib/formslib.php|Moodle forms library]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: Majority of forms now use a single API for defining forms consistently and collecting data safely without using any HTML at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Multi Authentication]] - Iñaki Arenaza / Catalyst / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: It is now easier to configure multiple sources of authentication at once.  WARNING: the format for authentication plugins has changed, so custom plugins may be broken, however it&#039;s very easy to convert old code to the new format. More details can be found in /auth/README.txt.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Customisable user profiles|Customisable User Profiles]] - Pukunui Technology&lt;br /&gt;
::Allow new arbitrary fields to be added to the user profile, with more control over what fields appear on what signup and profile editing screens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups refactor - OU / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Groups code has been reorganised to make it more flexible for the future (see 1.9).  &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?mode=hide&amp;amp;requestId=10221 Roles improvements] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: In addition to many Roles fixes and refinements, Moodle 1.8 has separated the SYSTEM context from the SITE context (which makes it more like 1.6 used to work).  The SITE context is the &amp;quot;front page course&amp;quot; and its activities.  This should make it easier for admins to set up permissions. Login as and switching of roles was rewritten. Administrators can view recommended permission settings of legacy roles and may reset legacy roles to defaults.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-7993 Support for ODS export] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Open Document Format should solve majority of current problems with exports into proprietary Excel format. You may need to install special import plugin if you are using MS Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known problems===&lt;br /&gt;
* CAS auth not working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin &lt;br /&gt;
:: Payment managers can obtain an authorization code over phone from customer&#039;s bank if the credit card of the user cannot be captured on the internet directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===See also===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Upgrading to Moodle 1.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11th October, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10212&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30th March, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10174 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unintended logouts are now prevented - sesskey added to logout.php script&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed problem with visible posts in user profile when &amp;quot;forceloginforprofiles&amp;quot; disabled&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of site blog entries&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected wrong includes in lams&lt;br /&gt;
* XSS injection in SCORM 1.2 reports&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed old problem with approvals in Data module, edited entries were approved automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed escaping in shell commands (Win32 platform only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of blog drafts&lt;br /&gt;
* Rewritten parameter handling in repository plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed XSS in login block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17th January, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10151 This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7th November, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10120&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011&amp;amp;Create=Create This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Roles]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Permissions based on fine-grained capabilities allow all kinds of roles to be created and assigned in all contexts around Moodle. This creates a great deal more flexibility in the permissions that you can grant to people.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:XMLDB Documentation|XML Database Schema]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: added support for MS-SQL and Oracle with more databases to come. Developers now have just one XML file to edit when changing the database structure, and there is even a very funky editor for this file built-in to Moodle	 &lt;br /&gt;
* New Admin interface	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely new admin interface, with accessible design and cool features to make access to settings fast and easy.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Unit tests|Unit testing framework]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Making it easier for developers to write test code, which should ultimately lead to a more reliable Moodle.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[AJAX]] Course editing (STILL UNSTABLE IN 1.7 RELEASE AND OFF BY DEFAULT, USE WITH CAUTION!)	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Topics and Weekly course formats now feature AJAX editing which means you can drag drop blocks, activities and sections (weeks/topics) and it all happens instantly. No more page reloading!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Assignment module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New type Advanced uploading of files	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Database module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Template/Field settings can now be saved as Presets and shared across a site.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Presets are just zip files, and can also be shared between sites.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Moodle 1.7 comes with one sample preset (an Image Gallery) with more to come.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New latitude/longitude data type	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Lesson module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Now has a more unified view of lesson screens.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher editing:	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Collapsed view has a nicer format, displays more information regarding each page and allows the creation of new pages.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Editing is now speedier by replacing 3 second redirect delays with a notification system.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New feature: display default feedback.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Default is &#039;&#039;&#039;On&#039;&#039;&#039; so previous lessons behave as before.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Description: if no &#039;&#039;response&#039;&#039; is entered for a question answer and this setting is turned &#039;&#039;&#039;Off&#039;&#039;&#039;, then the user skips the feedback page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Graceful degrade of JavaScript.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Several bug fixes.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Quiz module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* The teacher can configure comments that are displayed to the student at the end of their attempt, with the comment displayed depending on the student&#039;s score.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to some core question types	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* All question types can now have some general feedback. This is displayed to all students after they have finished the question (depending on the quiz settings) and does not depend on what response the student gave. Use this to tell the student what the question was about, or link them to more information about the topic it covers.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Matching question type|Matching]] questions can have extra wrong answers, and work when two questions have the same answer.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Multiple Choice question type|Multiple Choice]] questions can have feedback for the whole question, as well as specific answers. This is particularly useful for multiple-response questions.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Numerical question type|Numerical]] questions can have different answers with different precisions and scores. (Previously this was only supported via GIFT import. Now you can edit questions like this.)	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Wiki module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* While editing a wiki page it is now locked so that others cannot try to change it at the same time. Teachers can override the lock.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* Minor bugfixes (mostly to fix problems that occured when using Postgres database).	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Enrolment plugin improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin 	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Accepts &#039;Electronic Checks (ACH)&#039;. After a user approving echeck, an admin who has upload csv capacity must import a CSV file to get the user enrolled in the Payment Management page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Autoconfigures credit card and echeck types if the merchant does not accept some types of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Old releases|Old release notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Notas de versiones]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Notes de mise à jour]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Versões do Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Примечания к версиям]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30703</id>
		<title>Latest release notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30703"/>
		<updated>2007-12-27T21:42:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Other major improvements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{About Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.9 Beta==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th August 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a DEVELOPMENT RELEASE made available for wider testing by the community in preparation for a polished release of 1.9 in the coming weeks. It should not be used for production sites unless you are prepared to report the bugs you find in the [http://tracker.moodle.org Moodle Tracker], hopefully with your patches attached. :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10190 the full list of fixed issues in 1.9 so far].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Grades|Gradebook]] - Moodle.com  (funded by Open University)&lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely rewritten from scratch for speed and flexibility. The new gradebook consists of plugins for reports, imports and exports. There are a number of standard reports which are useful for graders, students etc. The grader report allows you to treat the gradebook much more like a spreadsheet with manual editing, calculations, aggregations, weighting, locking, hiding, textual notes and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Outcomes|Outcomes]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: You can also now develop a list of expected outcomes (competencies) and connect these to courses and activities. You can even grade against multiple outcomes at once (ie Rubrics).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Events|Events API]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::The new Events API provides a way for any code to &amp;quot;hook&amp;quot; into events in a clean, loosely coupled way.  It&#039;s the foundation of the new gradebook. A lot of events in Moodle (such as adding a user or a course) now trigger events that developers can hook into.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Scalability|Scalability and performance improvements]] improvements - Catalyst Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
::A complete overhaul of the [[Roles]] implementation for correctness and scalability. Large sites with thousands of courses and users now load quickly and behave well under heavy traffic, thanks to reworked code for Roles. Additional boost for sites using PHP precompilers and significant improvements in the DB access code in all databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tags]] - Luiz Cruz ([[Student_projects/Social_Networking_features|GSOC Social Networking project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Allows users to describe their own interests in terms of tags, which creates interest pages around those tags, bringing information together from a variety of sources.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Question_Engine_Changes_in_Moodle_1.9|Improved question bank]] - Jamie Pratt funded by [http://www.fun.ac.jp/en/ Future University Hakodate].&lt;br /&gt;
::Allows questions to be shared by the whole site, a course category, a single course, or be kept private to a single module. More control over who can do what to each question. Improved file management for files linked to by questions.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Detailed notes can be kept about individual users (for example teachers might want to keep and share notes about students in their class).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bulk user actions]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
::Administrators can perform bulk user actions, such as the mass deletion of user accounts. Extended features in the bulk user upload script to allow generation of user fields based on templates. &lt;br /&gt;
* New Custom Corners theme - Urs Hunkler&lt;br /&gt;
:: Beautiful and curvy (in all browsers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other major improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Groups]] and [[Groupings]] - UPLGC, Catalyst Ltd, Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: New support for groupings (groups of groups) which was added briefly and then removed from 1.8.x. Activities and resources may be assigned to particular groupings.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[NTLM authentication|NTLM Single Sign On]] - Catalyst Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
:: Integrated a reworked version of the NTLM Single Sign On, originally by Dan Marsden&lt;br /&gt;
* New theme settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category themes - can now set the theme for a category which will apply to all sub-categories and courses&lt;br /&gt;
** Theme order - new setting &#039;&#039;$CFG-&amp;gt;themeorder&#039;&#039; which sets the priority of the themes from highest to lowest.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ability to control block visibility with roles&lt;br /&gt;
** A new [[Capabilities/moodle/block:view|moodle/block:view]] capability has been added which allows control of who can view blocks from the roles system. This allows certain blocks to be hidden from the guest user, for example. See [[Block_permissions|Hiding blocks from certain users]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Oracle Support - Catalyst Ltd, USQ&lt;br /&gt;
:: Significant enhancements in Oracle support, scalability and performance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiz/Question improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Improved question bank, as above.&lt;br /&gt;
** Quizzes now listed on the MyMoodle page. (Implemented by Stephen Bourget and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** A quiz can now [[Quiz submission email notification|send emails when an attempt is finished]] - a confirmation to the student, a notification to all teachers, or both. (Implemented by Graham Miller of [http://www.webenhanced.com.au/ Web Enhanced Solutions] and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Third party question types can now implement Moodle XML and other import and export format. (Implemented by Howard Miller.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Gift Import/Export format can now handle Essay and Description question types.&lt;br /&gt;
** Some slight improvements to quiz layout. See [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-10374 MDL-10374] for details. Theme designers please note.&lt;br /&gt;
** Multiple choice questions now show the feedback for all the options to students on the review page after the attempt is over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the new accesslib there is a subtle difference in how we resolve conflicts between &#039;allow&#039; and &#039;prevent&#039; capabilities. See [[Development:Roles#Capability-locality_changes_in_v1.9|Capability-locality changes in 1.9]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 11th October 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10230&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.3].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Some crucial performance fixes&lt;br /&gt;
* Many little annoying bugs squashed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 8th July 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10220&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.2].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Two XSS security vulnerabilities (one reported in the wild) were fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th June 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10213&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* The groups implementation has been cleaned up somewhat from the 1.8 release.  The &#039;&#039;&#039;groupings&#039;&#039;&#039; GUI that appeared in 1.8 has been removed, because groupings are not complete and should not be used yet.  Moodle 1.8 sites that have created groupings should upgrade to 1.8.1 to have groupings reset ... otherwise there could be problem when upgrading to the real groupings in 1.9 or later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 31st March 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10130 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Accessibility]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle interface is now compliant with XHTML Strict 1.0 and major accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Moodle Network]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: We can now set up peer Moodle installations allowing users to roam from one site to another, using comprehensive SSO and transparent remote enrolments.  Administrators at the originating Moodle install can see logs of remote activity. You can also run your Moodle in &amp;quot;Hub&amp;quot; mode where any Moodle install can connect and users roam across.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Web Services API]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle Network code includes an XML-RPC call dispatcher that can expose the WHOLE Moodle API to trusted hosts.  We will building on this in further versions but you can start using it now if you need to.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:lib/formslib.php|Moodle forms library]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: Majority of forms now use a single API for defining forms consistently and collecting data safely without using any HTML at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Multi Authentication]] - Iñaki Arenaza / Catalyst / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: It is now easier to configure multiple sources of authentication at once.  WARNING: the format for authentication plugins has changed, so custom plugins may be broken, however it&#039;s very easy to convert old code to the new format. More details can be found in /auth/README.txt.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Customisable user profiles|Customisable User Profiles]] - Pukunui Technology&lt;br /&gt;
::Allow new arbitrary fields to be added to the user profile, with more control over what fields appear on what signup and profile editing screens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups refactor - OU / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Groups code has been reorganised to make it more flexible for the future (see 1.9).  &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?mode=hide&amp;amp;requestId=10221 Roles improvements] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: In addition to many Roles fixes and refinements, Moodle 1.8 has separated the SYSTEM context from the SITE context (which makes it more like 1.6 used to work).  The SITE context is the &amp;quot;front page course&amp;quot; and its activities.  This should make it easier for admins to set up permissions. Login as and switching of roles was rewritten. Administrators can view recommended permission settings of legacy roles and may reset legacy roles to defaults.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-7993 Support for ODS export] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Open Document Format should solve majority of current problems with exports into proprietary Excel format. You may need to install special import plugin if you are using MS Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known problems===&lt;br /&gt;
* CAS auth not working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin &lt;br /&gt;
:: Payment managers can obtain an authorization code over phone from customer&#039;s bank if the credit card of the user cannot be captured on the internet directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===See also===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Upgrading to Moodle 1.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11th October, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10212&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30th March, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10174 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unintended logouts are now prevented - sesskey added to logout.php script&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed problem with visible posts in user profile when &amp;quot;forceloginforprofiles&amp;quot; disabled&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of site blog entries&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected wrong includes in lams&lt;br /&gt;
* XSS injection in SCORM 1.2 reports&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed old problem with approvals in Data module, edited entries were approved automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed escaping in shell commands (Win32 platform only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of blog drafts&lt;br /&gt;
* Rewritten parameter handling in repository plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed XSS in login block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17th January, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10151 This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7th November, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10120&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011&amp;amp;Create=Create This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Roles]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Permissions based on fine-grained capabilities allow all kinds of roles to be created and assigned in all contexts around Moodle. This creates a great deal more flexibility in the permissions that you can grant to people.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:XMLDB Documentation|XML Database Schema]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: added support for MS-SQL and Oracle with more databases to come. Developers now have just one XML file to edit when changing the database structure, and there is even a very funky editor for this file built-in to Moodle	 &lt;br /&gt;
* New Admin interface	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely new admin interface, with accessible design and cool features to make access to settings fast and easy.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Unit tests|Unit testing framework]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Making it easier for developers to write test code, which should ultimately lead to a more reliable Moodle.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[AJAX]] Course editing (STILL UNSTABLE IN 1.7 RELEASE AND OFF BY DEFAULT, USE WITH CAUTION!)	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Topics and Weekly course formats now feature AJAX editing which means you can drag drop blocks, activities and sections (weeks/topics) and it all happens instantly. No more page reloading!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Assignment module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New type Advanced uploading of files	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Database module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Template/Field settings can now be saved as Presets and shared across a site.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Presets are just zip files, and can also be shared between sites.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Moodle 1.7 comes with one sample preset (an Image Gallery) with more to come.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New latitude/longitude data type	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Lesson module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Now has a more unified view of lesson screens.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher editing:	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Collapsed view has a nicer format, displays more information regarding each page and allows the creation of new pages.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Editing is now speedier by replacing 3 second redirect delays with a notification system.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New feature: display default feedback.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Default is &#039;&#039;&#039;On&#039;&#039;&#039; so previous lessons behave as before.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Description: if no &#039;&#039;response&#039;&#039; is entered for a question answer and this setting is turned &#039;&#039;&#039;Off&#039;&#039;&#039;, then the user skips the feedback page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Graceful degrade of JavaScript.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Several bug fixes.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Quiz module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* The teacher can configure comments that are displayed to the student at the end of their attempt, with the comment displayed depending on the student&#039;s score.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to some core question types	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* All question types can now have some general feedback. This is displayed to all students after they have finished the question (depending on the quiz settings) and does not depend on what response the student gave. Use this to tell the student what the question was about, or link them to more information about the topic it covers.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Matching question type|Matching]] questions can have extra wrong answers, and work when two questions have the same answer.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Multiple Choice question type|Multiple Choice]] questions can have feedback for the whole question, as well as specific answers. This is particularly useful for multiple-response questions.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Numerical question type|Numerical]] questions can have different answers with different precisions and scores. (Previously this was only supported via GIFT import. Now you can edit questions like this.)	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Wiki module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* While editing a wiki page it is now locked so that others cannot try to change it at the same time. Teachers can override the lock.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* Minor bugfixes (mostly to fix problems that occured when using Postgres database).	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Enrolment plugin improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin 	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Accepts &#039;Electronic Checks (ACH)&#039;. After a user approving echeck, an admin who has upload csv capacity must import a CSV file to get the user enrolled in the Payment Management page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Autoconfigures credit card and echeck types if the merchant does not accept some types of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Old releases|Old release notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Notas de versiones]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Notes de mise à jour]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Versões do Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Примечания к версиям]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30702</id>
		<title>Latest release notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30702"/>
		<updated>2007-12-27T21:32:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Headline features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{About Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.9 Beta==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th August 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a DEVELOPMENT RELEASE made available for wider testing by the community in preparation for a polished release of 1.9 in the coming weeks. It should not be used for production sites unless you are prepared to report the bugs you find in the [http://tracker.moodle.org Moodle Tracker], hopefully with your patches attached. :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10190 the full list of fixed issues in 1.9 so far].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Grades|Gradebook]] - Moodle.com  (funded by Open University)&lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely rewritten from scratch for speed and flexibility. The new gradebook consists of plugins for reports, imports and exports. There are a number of standard reports which are useful for graders, students etc. The grader report allows you to treat the gradebook much more like a spreadsheet with manual editing, calculations, aggregations, weighting, locking, hiding, textual notes and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Outcomes|Outcomes]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: You can also now develop a list of expected outcomes (competencies) and connect these to courses and activities. You can even grade against multiple outcomes at once (ie Rubrics).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Events|Events API]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::The new Events API provides a way for any code to &amp;quot;hook&amp;quot; into events in a clean, loosely coupled way.  It&#039;s the foundation of the new gradebook. A lot of events in Moodle (such as adding a user or a course) now trigger events that developers can hook into.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Scalability|Scalability and performance improvements]] improvements - Catalyst Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
::A complete overhaul of the [[Roles]] implementation for correctness and scalability. Large sites with thousands of courses and users now load quickly and behave well under heavy traffic, thanks to reworked code for Roles. Additional boost for sites using PHP precompilers and significant improvements in the DB access code in all databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tags]] - Luiz Cruz ([[Student_projects/Social_Networking_features|GSOC Social Networking project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Allows users to describe their own interests in terms of tags, which creates interest pages around those tags, bringing information together from a variety of sources.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Question_Engine_Changes_in_Moodle_1.9|Improved question bank]] - Jamie Pratt funded by [http://www.fun.ac.jp/en/ Future University Hakodate].&lt;br /&gt;
::Allows questions to be shared by the whole site, a course category, a single course, or be kept private to a single module. More control over who can do what to each question. Improved file management for files linked to by questions.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Detailed notes can be kept about individual users (for example teachers might want to keep and share notes about students in their class).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bulk user actions]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
::Administrators can perform bulk user actions, such as the mass deletion of user accounts. Extended features in the bulk user upload script to allow generation of user fields based on templates. &lt;br /&gt;
* New Custom Corners theme - Urs Hunkler&lt;br /&gt;
:: Beautiful and curvy (in all browsers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other major improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Groups]] and [[Groupings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:: New support for groupings (groups of groups) which was added briefly and then removed from 1.8.x. Activities and resources may be assigned to particular groupings.&lt;br /&gt;
* New theme settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category themes - can now set the theme for a category which will apply to all sub-categories and courses&lt;br /&gt;
** Theme order - new setting &#039;&#039;$CFG-&amp;gt;themeorder&#039;&#039; which sets the priority of the themes from highest to lowest.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ability to control block visibility with roles&lt;br /&gt;
** A new [[Capabilities/moodle/block:view|moodle/block:view]] capability has been added which allows control of who can view blocks from the roles system. This allows certain blocks to be hidden from the guest user, for example. See [[Block_permissions|Hiding blocks from certain users]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiz/Question improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Improved question bank, as above.&lt;br /&gt;
** Quizzes now listed on the MyMoodle page. (Implemented by Stephen Bourget and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** A quiz can now [[Quiz submission email notification|send emails when an attempt is finished]] - a confirmation to the student, a notification to all teachers, or both. (Implemented by Graham Miller of [http://www.webenhanced.com.au/ Web Enhanced Solutions] and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Third party question types can now implement Moodle XML and other import and export format. (Implemented by Howard Miller.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Gift Import/Export format can now handle Essay and Description question types.&lt;br /&gt;
** Some slight improvements to quiz layout. See [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-10374 MDL-10374] for details. Theme designers please note.&lt;br /&gt;
** Multiple choice questions now show the feedback for all the options to students on the review page after the attempt is over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the new accesslib there is a subtle difference in how we resolve conflicts between &#039;allow&#039; and &#039;prevent&#039; capabilities. See [[Development:Roles#Capability-locality_changes_in_v1.9|Capability-locality changes in 1.9]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 11th October 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10230&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.3].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Some crucial performance fixes&lt;br /&gt;
* Many little annoying bugs squashed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 8th July 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10220&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.2].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Two XSS security vulnerabilities (one reported in the wild) were fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th June 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10213&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* The groups implementation has been cleaned up somewhat from the 1.8 release.  The &#039;&#039;&#039;groupings&#039;&#039;&#039; GUI that appeared in 1.8 has been removed, because groupings are not complete and should not be used yet.  Moodle 1.8 sites that have created groupings should upgrade to 1.8.1 to have groupings reset ... otherwise there could be problem when upgrading to the real groupings in 1.9 or later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 31st March 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10130 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Accessibility]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle interface is now compliant with XHTML Strict 1.0 and major accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Moodle Network]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: We can now set up peer Moodle installations allowing users to roam from one site to another, using comprehensive SSO and transparent remote enrolments.  Administrators at the originating Moodle install can see logs of remote activity. You can also run your Moodle in &amp;quot;Hub&amp;quot; mode where any Moodle install can connect and users roam across.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Web Services API]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle Network code includes an XML-RPC call dispatcher that can expose the WHOLE Moodle API to trusted hosts.  We will building on this in further versions but you can start using it now if you need to.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:lib/formslib.php|Moodle forms library]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: Majority of forms now use a single API for defining forms consistently and collecting data safely without using any HTML at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Multi Authentication]] - Iñaki Arenaza / Catalyst / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: It is now easier to configure multiple sources of authentication at once.  WARNING: the format for authentication plugins has changed, so custom plugins may be broken, however it&#039;s very easy to convert old code to the new format. More details can be found in /auth/README.txt.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Customisable user profiles|Customisable User Profiles]] - Pukunui Technology&lt;br /&gt;
::Allow new arbitrary fields to be added to the user profile, with more control over what fields appear on what signup and profile editing screens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups refactor - OU / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Groups code has been reorganised to make it more flexible for the future (see 1.9).  &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?mode=hide&amp;amp;requestId=10221 Roles improvements] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: In addition to many Roles fixes and refinements, Moodle 1.8 has separated the SYSTEM context from the SITE context (which makes it more like 1.6 used to work).  The SITE context is the &amp;quot;front page course&amp;quot; and its activities.  This should make it easier for admins to set up permissions. Login as and switching of roles was rewritten. Administrators can view recommended permission settings of legacy roles and may reset legacy roles to defaults.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-7993 Support for ODS export] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Open Document Format should solve majority of current problems with exports into proprietary Excel format. You may need to install special import plugin if you are using MS Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known problems===&lt;br /&gt;
* CAS auth not working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin &lt;br /&gt;
:: Payment managers can obtain an authorization code over phone from customer&#039;s bank if the credit card of the user cannot be captured on the internet directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===See also===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Upgrading to Moodle 1.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11th October, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10212&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30th March, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10174 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unintended logouts are now prevented - sesskey added to logout.php script&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed problem with visible posts in user profile when &amp;quot;forceloginforprofiles&amp;quot; disabled&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of site blog entries&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected wrong includes in lams&lt;br /&gt;
* XSS injection in SCORM 1.2 reports&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed old problem with approvals in Data module, edited entries were approved automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed escaping in shell commands (Win32 platform only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of blog drafts&lt;br /&gt;
* Rewritten parameter handling in repository plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed XSS in login block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17th January, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10151 This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7th November, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10120&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011&amp;amp;Create=Create This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Roles]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Permissions based on fine-grained capabilities allow all kinds of roles to be created and assigned in all contexts around Moodle. This creates a great deal more flexibility in the permissions that you can grant to people.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:XMLDB Documentation|XML Database Schema]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: added support for MS-SQL and Oracle with more databases to come. Developers now have just one XML file to edit when changing the database structure, and there is even a very funky editor for this file built-in to Moodle	 &lt;br /&gt;
* New Admin interface	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely new admin interface, with accessible design and cool features to make access to settings fast and easy.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Unit tests|Unit testing framework]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Making it easier for developers to write test code, which should ultimately lead to a more reliable Moodle.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[AJAX]] Course editing (STILL UNSTABLE IN 1.7 RELEASE AND OFF BY DEFAULT, USE WITH CAUTION!)	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Topics and Weekly course formats now feature AJAX editing which means you can drag drop blocks, activities and sections (weeks/topics) and it all happens instantly. No more page reloading!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Assignment module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New type Advanced uploading of files	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Database module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Template/Field settings can now be saved as Presets and shared across a site.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Presets are just zip files, and can also be shared between sites.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Moodle 1.7 comes with one sample preset (an Image Gallery) with more to come.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New latitude/longitude data type	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Lesson module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Now has a more unified view of lesson screens.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher editing:	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Collapsed view has a nicer format, displays more information regarding each page and allows the creation of new pages.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Editing is now speedier by replacing 3 second redirect delays with a notification system.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New feature: display default feedback.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Default is &#039;&#039;&#039;On&#039;&#039;&#039; so previous lessons behave as before.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Description: if no &#039;&#039;response&#039;&#039; is entered for a question answer and this setting is turned &#039;&#039;&#039;Off&#039;&#039;&#039;, then the user skips the feedback page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Graceful degrade of JavaScript.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Several bug fixes.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Quiz module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* The teacher can configure comments that are displayed to the student at the end of their attempt, with the comment displayed depending on the student&#039;s score.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to some core question types	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* All question types can now have some general feedback. This is displayed to all students after they have finished the question (depending on the quiz settings) and does not depend on what response the student gave. Use this to tell the student what the question was about, or link them to more information about the topic it covers.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Matching question type|Matching]] questions can have extra wrong answers, and work when two questions have the same answer.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Multiple Choice question type|Multiple Choice]] questions can have feedback for the whole question, as well as specific answers. This is particularly useful for multiple-response questions.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Numerical question type|Numerical]] questions can have different answers with different precisions and scores. (Previously this was only supported via GIFT import. Now you can edit questions like this.)	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Wiki module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* While editing a wiki page it is now locked so that others cannot try to change it at the same time. Teachers can override the lock.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* Minor bugfixes (mostly to fix problems that occured when using Postgres database).	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Enrolment plugin improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin 	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Accepts &#039;Electronic Checks (ACH)&#039;. After a user approving echeck, an admin who has upload csv capacity must import a CSV file to get the user enrolled in the Payment Management page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Autoconfigures credit card and echeck types if the merchant does not accept some types of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Old releases|Old release notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Notas de versiones]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Notes de mise à jour]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Versões do Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Примечания к версиям]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30690</id>
		<title>Latest release notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Latest_release_notes&amp;diff=30690"/>
		<updated>2007-12-27T20:06:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Headline features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{About Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.9 Beta==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th August 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a DEVELOPMENT RELEASE made available for wider testing by the community in preparation for a polished release of 1.9 in the coming weeks. It should not be used for production sites unless you are prepared to report the bugs you find in the [http://tracker.moodle.org Moodle Tracker], hopefully with your patches attached. :-)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10190 the full list of fixed issues in 1.9 so far].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Grades|Gradebook]] - Moodle.com  (funded by Open University)&lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely rewritten from scratch for speed and flexibility. The new gradebook consists of plugins for reports, imports and exports. There are a number of standard reports which are useful for graders, students etc. The grader report allows you to treat the gradebook much more like a spreadsheet with manual editing, calculations, aggregations, weighting, locking, hiding, textual notes and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Outcomes|Outcomes]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: You can also now develop a list of expected outcomes (competencies) and connect these to courses and activities. You can even grade against multiple outcomes at once (ie Rubrics).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Events|Events API]] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::The new Events API provides a way for any code to &amp;quot;hook&amp;quot; into events in a clean, loosely coupled way.  It&#039;s the foundation of the new gradebook. A lot of events in Moodle (such as adding a user or a course) now trigger events that developers can hook into.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Scalability]] improvements - Catalyst Ltd&lt;br /&gt;
::A complete overhaul of the [[Roles]] implementation for correctness and scalability. Large sites with thousands of courses and users now load quickly and behave well under heavy traffic, thanks to reworked code for Roles. Additional boost for sites using PHP precompilers and significant improvements in the DB access code in all databases.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tags]] - Luiz Cruz ([[Student_projects/Social_Networking_features|GSOC Social Networking project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Allows users to describe their own interests in terms of tags, which creates interest pages around those tags, bringing information together from a variety of sources.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Question_Engine_Changes_in_Moodle_1.9|Improved question bank]] - Jamie Pratt funded by [http://www.fun.ac.jp/en/ Future University Hakodate].&lt;br /&gt;
::Allows questions to be shared by the whole site, a course category, a single course, or be kept private to a single module. More control over who can do what to each question. Improved file management for files linked to by questions.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Notes]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
:: Detailed notes can be kept about individual users (for example teachers might want to keep and share notes about students in their class).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bulk user actions]] - Andrei Bautu ([[Student projects/User Management Improvements|GSOC User Management Improvements project]])&lt;br /&gt;
::Administrators can perform bulk user actions, such as the mass deletion of user accounts. Extended features in the bulk user upload script to allow generation of user fields based on templates. &lt;br /&gt;
* New Custom Corners theme - Urs Hunkler&lt;br /&gt;
:: Beautiful and curvy (in all browsers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other major improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Groups]] and [[Groupings]]&lt;br /&gt;
:: New support for groupings (groups of groups) which was added briefly and then removed from 1.8.x. Activities and resources may be assigned to particular groupings.&lt;br /&gt;
* New theme settings&lt;br /&gt;
** Category themes - can now set the theme for a category which will apply to all sub-categories and courses&lt;br /&gt;
** Theme order - new setting &#039;&#039;$CFG-&amp;gt;themeorder&#039;&#039; which sets the priority of the themes from highest to lowest.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ability to control block visibility with roles&lt;br /&gt;
** A new [[Capabilities/moodle/block:view|moodle/block:view]] capability has been added which allows control of who can view blocks from the roles system. This allows certain blocks to be hidden from the guest user, for example. See [[Block_permissions|Hiding blocks from certain users]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Quiz/Question improvements:&lt;br /&gt;
** Improved question bank, as above.&lt;br /&gt;
** Quizzes now listed on the MyMoodle page. (Implemented by Stephen Bourget and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** A quiz can now [[Quiz submission email notification|send emails when an attempt is finished]] - a confirmation to the student, a notification to all teachers, or both. (Implemented by Graham Miller of [http://www.webenhanced.com.au/ Web Enhanced Solutions] and Tim Hunt.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Third party question types can now implement Moodle XML and other import and export format. (Implemented by Howard Miller.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Gift Import/Export format can now handle Essay and Description question types.&lt;br /&gt;
** Some slight improvements to quiz layout. See [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-10374 MDL-10374] for details. Theme designers please note.&lt;br /&gt;
** Multiple choice questions now show the feedback for all the options to students on the review page after the attempt is over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the new accesslib there is a subtle difference in how we resolve conflicts between &#039;allow&#039; and &#039;prevent&#039; capabilities. See [[Development:Roles#Capability-locality_changes_in_v1.9|Capability-locality changes in 1.9]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 11th October 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10230&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.3].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Some crucial performance fixes&lt;br /&gt;
* Many little annoying bugs squashed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 8th July 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10220&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.2].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* Two XSS security vulnerabilities (one reported in the wild) were fixed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 14th June 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10213&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8.1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Highlights===&lt;br /&gt;
* The groups implementation has been cleaned up somewhat from the 1.8 release.  The &#039;&#039;&#039;groupings&#039;&#039;&#039; GUI that appeared in 1.8 has been removed, because groupings are not complete and should not be used yet.  Moodle 1.8 sites that have created groupings should upgrade to 1.8.1 to have groupings reset ... otherwise there could be problem when upgrading to the real groupings in 1.9 or later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.8==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Released: 31st March 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here is [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10130 the full list of fixed issues in 1.8].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Accessibility]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle interface is now compliant with XHTML Strict 1.0 and major accessibility standards.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Moodle Network]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: We can now set up peer Moodle installations allowing users to roam from one site to another, using comprehensive SSO and transparent remote enrolments.  Administrators at the originating Moodle install can see logs of remote activity. You can also run your Moodle in &amp;quot;Hub&amp;quot; mode where any Moodle install can connect and users roam across.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Web Services API]] - Catalyst, Richard Wyles&lt;br /&gt;
:: The Moodle Network code includes an XML-RPC call dispatcher that can expose the WHOLE Moodle API to trusted hosts.  We will building on this in further versions but you can start using it now if you need to.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:lib/formslib.php|Moodle forms library]] - Moodle.com &lt;br /&gt;
:: Majority of forms now use a single API for defining forms consistently and collecting data safely without using any HTML at all.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Multi Authentication]] - Iñaki Arenaza / Catalyst / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: It is now easier to configure multiple sources of authentication at once.  WARNING: the format for authentication plugins has changed, so custom plugins may be broken, however it&#039;s very easy to convert old code to the new format. More details can be found in /auth/README.txt.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Customisable user profiles|Customisable User Profiles]] - Pukunui Technology&lt;br /&gt;
::Allow new arbitrary fields to be added to the user profile, with more control over what fields appear on what signup and profile editing screens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups refactor - OU / Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Groups code has been reorganised to make it more flexible for the future (see 1.9).  &lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?mode=hide&amp;amp;requestId=10221 Roles improvements] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
:: In addition to many Roles fixes and refinements, Moodle 1.8 has separated the SYSTEM context from the SITE context (which makes it more like 1.6 used to work).  The SITE context is the &amp;quot;front page course&amp;quot; and its activities.  This should make it easier for admins to set up permissions. Login as and switching of roles was rewritten. Administrators can view recommended permission settings of legacy roles and may reset legacy roles to defaults.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-7993 Support for ODS export] - Moodle.com&lt;br /&gt;
::Open Document Format should solve majority of current problems with exports into proprietary Excel format. You may need to install special import plugin if you are using MS Office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Known problems===&lt;br /&gt;
* CAS auth not working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin &lt;br /&gt;
:: Payment managers can obtain an authorization code over phone from customer&#039;s bank if the credit card of the user cannot be captured on the internet directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Developers please add news here!&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===See also===&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Upgrading to Moodle 1.8]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11th October, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10212&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.2==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
30th March, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10174 This page shows issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Security===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unintended logouts are now prevented - sesskey added to logout.php script&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed problem with visible posts in user profile when &amp;quot;forceloginforprofiles&amp;quot; disabled&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of site blog entries&lt;br /&gt;
* Corrected wrong includes in lams&lt;br /&gt;
* XSS injection in SCORM 1.2 reports&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed old problem with approvals in Data module, edited entries were approved automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed escaping in shell commands (Win32 platform only)&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed visibility of blog drafts&lt;br /&gt;
* Rewritten parameter handling in repository plugin&lt;br /&gt;
* Fixed XSS in login block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7.1==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17th January, 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?projectId=10011&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;version=10151 This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moodle 1.7==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7th November, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/ReleaseNote.jspa?version=10120&amp;amp;styleName=Html&amp;amp;projectId=10011&amp;amp;Create=Create This page shows details about issues resolved in this version]	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Headline features===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Roles]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Permissions based on fine-grained capabilities allow all kinds of roles to be created and assigned in all contexts around Moodle. This creates a great deal more flexibility in the permissions that you can grant to people.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:XMLDB Documentation|XML Database Schema]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: added support for MS-SQL and Oracle with more databases to come. Developers now have just one XML file to edit when changing the database structure, and there is even a very funky editor for this file built-in to Moodle	 &lt;br /&gt;
* New Admin interface	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Completely new admin interface, with accessible design and cool features to make access to settings fast and easy.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Unit tests|Unit testing framework]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: Making it easier for developers to write test code, which should ultimately lead to a more reliable Moodle.	 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[AJAX]] Course editing (STILL UNSTABLE IN 1.7 RELEASE AND OFF BY DEFAULT, USE WITH CAUTION!)	 &lt;br /&gt;
:: The Topics and Weekly course formats now feature AJAX editing which means you can drag drop blocks, activities and sections (weeks/topics) and it all happens instantly. No more page reloading!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Assignment module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New type Advanced uploading of files	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Database module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Template/Field settings can now be saved as Presets and shared across a site.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Presets are just zip files, and can also be shared between sites.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Moodle 1.7 comes with one sample preset (an Image Gallery) with more to come.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New latitude/longitude data type	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Lesson module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Now has a more unified view of lesson screens.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Teacher editing:	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Collapsed view has a nicer format, displays more information regarding each page and allows the creation of new pages.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Editing is now speedier by replacing 3 second redirect delays with a notification system.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**New feature: display default feedback.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Default is &#039;&#039;&#039;On&#039;&#039;&#039; so previous lessons behave as before.	 &lt;br /&gt;
***Description: if no &#039;&#039;response&#039;&#039; is entered for a question answer and this setting is turned &#039;&#039;&#039;Off&#039;&#039;&#039;, then the user skips the feedback page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Graceful degrade of JavaScript.	 &lt;br /&gt;
**Several bug fixes.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Quiz module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* The teacher can configure comments that are displayed to the student at the end of their attempt, with the comment displayed depending on the student&#039;s score.	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to some core question types	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* All question types can now have some general feedback. This is displayed to all students after they have finished the question (depending on the quiz settings) and does not depend on what response the student gave. Use this to tell the student what the question was about, or link them to more information about the topic it covers.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Matching question type|Matching]] questions can have extra wrong answers, and work when two questions have the same answer.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Multiple Choice question type|Multiple Choice]] questions can have feedback for the whole question, as well as specific answers. This is particularly useful for multiple-response questions.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Numerical question type|Numerical]] questions can have different answers with different precisions and scores. (Previously this was only supported via GIFT import. Now you can edit questions like this.)	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Improvements to the [[Wiki module]]	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* While editing a wiki page it is now locked so that others cannot try to change it at the same time. Teachers can override the lock.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:* Minor bugfixes (mostly to fix problems that occured when using Postgres database).	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Enrolment plugin improvements===	 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authorize.net Payment Gateway]] enrolment plugin 	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Accepts &#039;Electronic Checks (ACH)&#039;. After a user approving echeck, an admin who has upload csv capacity must import a CSV file to get the user enrolled in the Payment Management page.	 &lt;br /&gt;
:*Autoconfigures credit card and echeck types if the merchant does not accept some types of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Old releases|Old release notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Notas de versiones]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Notes de mise à jour]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Versões do Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Примечания к версиям]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=MNet&amp;diff=28979</id>
		<title>MNet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=MNet&amp;diff=28979"/>
		<updated>2007-11-19T22:39:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 1.8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle Network is a new feature found in the 1.8 release of Moodle. The network feature allows a Moodle administrator to establish a link with another Moodle, and to share some resources with the users of that Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial release of Moodle Network is bundled with a new Authentication Plugin, which makes single-sign-on between Moodles possible. A user with the username &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;jody&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; logs in to her Moodle server as normal, and clicks on a link that takes her to a page on another Moodle server. Normally, she would have only the privileges of a guest on the remote Moodle, but behind the scenes, single-sign-on has established a fully authenticated session for Jody on the remote site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Security==&lt;br /&gt;
The Moodle network feature requires that your server has the Curl and OpenSSL extensions installed. When you install or upgrade to Moodle 1.8, your system will generate a new OpenSSL certificate for encrypted communication with other Moodles, and will thereafter rotate encryption keys on a monthly basis (approx).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Communication takes place over an XML-RPC transport, and the XML-RPC documents are wrapped first in an XMLDSIG (XML digital signature) envelope, and then in an XMLENC (XML encryption) envelope. The encryption all happens within PHP, and does not require an https (Apache SSL) server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References:&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.w3.org/TR/xmldsig-core/ XML Digital Signatures]&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlenc-core/ XML Encryption]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A special mode can be enabled which would allow a machine with a specified IP address to make calls to the XML-RPC layer without using either encryption or signature envelopes. This mode is provided to enable Moodle to communicate with other software systems in which the integration of signatures and encryption might be prohibitively difficult. It is not envisioned that unencrypted inter-Moodle networking will ever be enabled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peer to Peer Network==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the basic layout of the system. It can be very useful to run one Moodle per faculty or departments, each with its own user management, and yet permit users to roam across the Moodle installs... subject to permissions of course. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instructions will cover 2 Moodle installations: MoodleA and MoodleB. Both are installed correctly and have never had a Moodle Network configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Get them to talk to each other&lt;br /&gt;
## Ensure &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; Environment&#039;&#039; indicates you have curl installed&lt;br /&gt;
## If MoodleA and MoodleB are hosted in the same domain, ensure they have a different cookie prefix. Note that changing the cookie prefix will log you out! You can change the cookie prefix via &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; Session Handling&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## On both, go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Network &amp;gt; Settings&#039;&#039; and turn Networking ON.&lt;br /&gt;
## On MoodleA go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Network &amp;gt; Peers&#039;&#039; - put the URL of MoodleB under &amp;quot;Add New Host&amp;quot; and click Add.&lt;br /&gt;
## Do the equivalent on MoodleB.&lt;br /&gt;
# Get user roaming going&lt;br /&gt;
## On both, go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Authentication&#039;&#039; and enable Moodle Network authentication plugin. Click on &#039;Settings&#039; and enable auto_add_remote_users.&lt;br /&gt;
## On MoodleA go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Network &amp;gt; Peers&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;MoodleB&#039;, and click on &#039;Services&#039;. Enable SSO-IDP publish and subscribe, and SSO-SP publish and subscribe.&lt;br /&gt;
## Do the equivalent on MoodleB.&lt;br /&gt;
## On both, got to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define Roles&#039;&#039;, only roles that have &amp;quot;Roam to a remote Moodle moodle/site:mnetlogintoremote&amp;quot; will be allowed to roam. Grant the privilege as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
## On both, go to the homepage, and add the &#039;Network Servers&#039; block.&lt;br /&gt;
## To test, it is recommended to use a different browser (even on a different machine) that is logged in to neither. Login to MoodleA with a non-administrator account that has the permissions to roam. You should see the Network Servers block, and clicking on it you should go to MoodleB with a newly autocreated account. &lt;br /&gt;
# Get remote enrolments going -- this is optional. It allows administrator of MoodleB can enrol users that are &amp;quot;native&amp;quot; to MoodleB in courses in MoodleA, and viceversa.&lt;br /&gt;
## On both, go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Courses &amp;gt; Enrolment&#039;&#039; and enable Moodle Network enrolment plugin (click Save). Click on &#039;Edit&#039; and enable &#039;allow_allcourses&#039; or select some courses or categories to be remotely enrolled.&lt;br /&gt;
## On MoodleA go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Network &amp;gt; Peers&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;MoodleB&#039;, and click on &#039;Services&#039;. Enable Enrolment publish and subscribe.&lt;br /&gt;
## Do the equivalent on MoodleB.&lt;br /&gt;
## To use, in MoodleA go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Networking &amp;gt; Enrolments&#039;&#039;. You will see MoodleB listed. Click on MoodleB and you will see a list of courses that MoodleB offers for remote enrolment. Select the course you want, and then enroll the users you want to that course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using it===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Connecting to a Community hub==&lt;br /&gt;
A [[Community hub]] is a Moodle server that is configured to accept connections from other Moodle servers, and to provide a set of services to users of these other servers. This guideline will direct you to connect to a Community hub, assess the services it has to offer, and enable those services for your users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
# Get talking to the Hub&lt;br /&gt;
## Ensure that the &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; Environment&#039;&#039; page indicates you have curl and openssl installed&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Network &amp;gt; Settings&#039;&#039; and turn Networking on&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Network &amp;gt; Peers&#039;&#039; and enter the URL of Community Hub under &amp;quot;Add New Host&amp;quot;. Click &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Add&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## The host details for the Community Hub should appear with the Site Name field already populated. Click &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Save changes&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## The details will be written to your database and two new tabs will appear in this window: &#039;Services&#039; and &#039;Logs&#039;. Click &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Services&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##A list of services will appear, each with a checkbox for &#039;publish&#039; and &#039;subscribe&#039;. Check the checkboxes for any services you want to publish or subscribe to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Using it===&lt;br /&gt;
If the Community Hub has already enabled a service for you, there will be a tick alongside the appropriate checkbox, for example: if the Hub is &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;publishing&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; Moodle Networked Enrolment, then a tick will appear alongside the &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;subscribe&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; checkbox for this service. Note that in order to enable some functionality, prominently &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;single-sign-on&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;, you may have to &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;publish&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; a service, e.g. the &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Identity Provider&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; service. The Community Hub will access this service on your Moodle, asking it to authenticate your users.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable Roaming&lt;br /&gt;
## Subscribe to &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;SSO (Service Provider)&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; by checking the box&lt;br /&gt;
## Publish &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;SSO (Identity Provider)&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; by checking the box&lt;br /&gt;
## Click &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Save changes&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Permissions &amp;gt; Define Roles&#039;&#039;, and grant the capability &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Roam to a remote Moodle moodle/site:mnetlogintoremote&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; to an appropriate role&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Users &amp;gt; Authentication&#039;&#039; and enable the &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Moodle Network authentication&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; plugin&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to your homepage, turn on editing, and add the &#039;Network Servers&#039; block&lt;br /&gt;
## Using a different web-browser, log on as a non-admin user who inhabits the role you granted the roaming capability to&lt;br /&gt;
## Note that the Community Hub is listed in the Network Servers block on the homepage. Click on the link to that server&lt;br /&gt;
## Some of your user details will be transferred to the Community Hub server, and a browsing session will be started for you as if you had logged on there directly&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable Networked Enrolment&lt;br /&gt;
## Return to the web browser you&#039;ve been using as the site administrator&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Network &amp;gt; Peers&#039;&#039; and click on the entry for the Community Hub.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the Services tab&lt;br /&gt;
## Subscribe to &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Moodle Networked Enrolment&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Courses &amp;gt; Enrolment&#039;&#039; and enable the &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Moodle Network enrolment&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; plugin. Click &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Save changes&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;edit&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; to view the details for networked enrolments.&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Networking &amp;gt; Enrolments&#039;&#039; to see a list of Moodle servers that offer this service to you&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on a server name to view a list of courses that the server offers to your users&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on a course name, to view a list users that you can enrol in this course&lt;br /&gt;
## Enrol users&lt;br /&gt;
## Profit!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Running a Community hub==&lt;br /&gt;
A Community hub is a regular Moodle site that runs in a special mode. As a Moodle Administrator, when you add another Moodle site to your list of network peers, your Moodle will contact that site to find out what it is called, and to request its public key for encrypted communication. Normally, the remote server will simply provide this information without making any record of the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Community hub is different. As soon as you add an entry for a Community hub to your system, the Community hub will create an entry for your server in its list of hosts, and may immediately begin to offer services to the users of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section will guide you to set up a Community hub, and select services to offer to all comers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setup===&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable Networking&lt;br /&gt;
## Ensure that the &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Server &amp;gt; Environment&#039;&#039; page indicates you have curl and openssl installed&lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Network &amp;gt; Settings&#039;&#039; and turn Networking on &lt;br /&gt;
## Go to &#039;&#039;Admin &amp;gt; Network &amp;gt; Peers&#039;&#039; and tick the checkbox for &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Register all hosts&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;. Click on &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Save Changes&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
## On the same page, the first entry in your list of hosts should be &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;All hosts&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt;. Click this link&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on &amp;lt;em&amp;gt;Services&amp;lt;/em&amp;gt; and enable any services you want to offer to all comers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Development:Moodle Network|Moodle Network development notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=6976 Moodle Network forum]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Authentication]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:MNET]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Réseau Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:Moodleネットワーク]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Red Moodle]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=NTLM_authentication&amp;diff=28978</id>
		<title>NTLM authentication</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=NTLM_authentication&amp;diff=28978"/>
		<updated>2007-11-19T22:38:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This document describes how to set up NTLM/Integrated Authentication in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is integrated in v1.9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For earlier versions, it uses a modified version of LDAP Authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
The NTLM Authentication module is available in the Modules and Plugins database here:&lt;br /&gt;
http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&amp;amp;rid=314&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assumptions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#you are running a MS Active Directory for Authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Server hosting your website is a member of the Active Directory Domain that your users are also members of.&lt;br /&gt;
#you are able to define people inside your Network (and authenticated to the Domain) from an IP range or IP range of computers.&lt;br /&gt;
#you have &amp;quot;some&amp;quot; basic knowledge of php and are able to configure the index.php with the range of internal IP addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
#you are familar with or have read the LDAP authentication documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation on 1.9==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No installation needed. See the Auth/LDAP settings for the NTLM config options. You only have to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set the subnet mask&lt;br /&gt;
*On IIS: turn on Integrated Authentication&lt;br /&gt;
*On Apache - use one of the 3 methods outlined below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation on 1.6/1.7==&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the folder AUTH/NTLM into the AUTH folder of your moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
#Configure the IP/Subnet Mask in the Config screen.&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/NTLM_authentication#Configuring IP/Subnet Mask see below for more help]&lt;br /&gt;
If the IP/Subnet Mask does not give enough complexity for your network, Modify the auth/ntlm/index.php file - for instructions on doing this, view the comments in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn Integrated Authentication ON and Anonymous Authentication OFF for the moodle\auth\ntlm\oncampuslogin.php file. [https://docs.moodle.org/en/NTLM_authentication#How_to_Turn_Integrated_Authentication_on see below for more detailed instructions]&lt;br /&gt;
#Visit the admin page of your moodle installation - you should see notification that the NTLM_AUTH module has been installed.&lt;br /&gt;
#go to the configuration &amp;gt; variables page, find the dbsessions setting (in 1.8 on admin page server \ sessions page), and set it to &amp;quot;YES&amp;quot; then save the page.&lt;br /&gt;
#go to the Authentication admin page and select auth_ntlmtitle as your authentication method Note: - this doesn&#039;t display full text as I haven&#039;t created a language file for this module - you will also see auth_ntlmdescription instead of a proper description - you don&#039;t need to worry about this, as you will be the only one who ever sees this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Configure this page with your normal LDAP settings. NOTE: the Alternate Login URL at the bottom of this page (or on the main authentication page in 1.8 - and needs to be set manually to the oncampus url)has been set to the NTLM page. - if you wish uninstall this auth module, you must reset this variable on the new authentication type page. eg - if you wish to revert back to manual authentication, then change to manual, and then make sure you delete the alternate login url at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
#(OPTIONAL) modify the offcampuslogin page to give errors when students try to prefix their usercode with your domain.&lt;br /&gt;
around line 216 find this code, uncomment all the lines and replace the letters &#039;DOM&#039; with your domain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    if (empty($errormsg)) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (strstr(strtolower($frm-&amp;gt;username), &amp;quot;DOM\\&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;&amp;gt; false) { //NAD - DOM messages.&lt;br /&gt;
            $errormsg = get_string(&amp;quot;invalidlogin&amp;quot;) . &amp;quot; DOM\\ is not required!&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
        } else if (strpos($frm-&amp;gt;username, &amp;quot;@&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;&amp;gt; false) {&lt;br /&gt;
            $errormsg = get_string(&amp;quot;invalidlogin&amp;quot;) . &amp;quot; enter your username - not your e-mail address.&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
        } else {&lt;br /&gt;
            $errormsg = get_string(&amp;quot;invalidlogin&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation on 1.5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the README in the auth/ntml package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Turn Integrated Authentication on==&lt;br /&gt;
The File ntlmsso_magic.php (1.9 or above) or oncampuslogin.php (1.8 or below) MUST have NTLM/Integrated Authentication enabled at the server or the page will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
===IIS Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
Open up IIS, and find the auth/ldap/ntlmsso_magic.php (1.9 or above) or auth/ntlm/oncampuslogin.php (1.8 or below) file, &lt;br /&gt;
#right click on the file, choose properties&lt;br /&gt;
#under the &amp;quot;file security&amp;quot; tab, click on the Authentication and Access control &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
#untick &amp;quot;Enable Anonymous Access&amp;quot; and tick &amp;quot;Integrated Windows Authentication&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
===APACHE Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
There are currently 3 possible methods for this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the NTLM part of Samba====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Get the plugin here: http://samba.org/ftp/unpacked/lorikeet/mod_auth_ntlm_winbind/ and follow the instructions inside the README file. You&#039;ll need to install the Apache development packages in addition to the core C develpment packages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you have compiled it, put it inside Apache&#039;s modules subdirectory (this location depends on a number of factors, like compiling Apache yourself, using different Linux distributions packages, an so on), and load and enable the module in Apache&#039;s configuration. For example, if your Apache modules are under &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/lib/apache2/modules&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, you&#039;ll need something like this in your Apache configuration file (usually called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;apache2.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http2.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;IfModule !mod_auth_ntlm_winbind.c&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       LoadModule auth_ntlm_winbind_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_auth_ntlm_winbind.so&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/IfModule&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the Samba &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;winbind&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; daemon package. This packages relies on Samba&#039;s configuration file to get some important settings (like the Windows domain name, uid and gid range mappings, and so on). In addition to that, you&#039;ll need to make your Linux/Unix machine part of the domain. Otherwise winbind won&#039;t be able to pull user and groups informationi from the domain controllers. You should read the Samba documentation to perform this step, but the most important part is having something like the following lines in your &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;smb.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file (in addition to what you already have there):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  workgroup = DOMAINNAME&lt;br /&gt;
  password server = *&lt;br /&gt;
  security = domain&lt;br /&gt;
  encrypt passwords = true&lt;br /&gt;
  idmap uid = 10000-20000&lt;br /&gt;
  idmap gid = 10000-20000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: and executing the command (as root):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  # net join DOMAINNAME -U Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: where &#039;&#039;&#039;DOMAINNAME&#039;&#039;&#039; is the NetBIOS windows domain name, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; an account with enough privileges to add new machines to the domain.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You&#039;ll need to type this account&#039;s password for the command to succeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Also, make sure you have disabled &amp;quot;Microsoft Network Server: digitally sign communications (always)&amp;quot; in your Domain Controllers Security Policy, unless you are using a version of Samba that can sign SMB packets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Restart the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;winbind&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; service to apply the changes and test that it&#039;s running ok by executing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $ wbinfo -u&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: You should get the full list of Windows domain users. If you use &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-g&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; instead, you&#039;ll get the domain groups list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that your &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;winbind&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package installed the authentication helper command &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ntlm_auth&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, as we&#039;ll need it later. We&#039;ll assume the helper is located at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/bin/ntlm_auth&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If yours is at a different location, make sure you adjust the path in the example below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add something like this to your Apache configuration file (usually called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;apache2.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http2.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;). We&#039;ll assume that your Moodle &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$CFG-&amp;gt;dirroot&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory is located at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/var/www/moodle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in the example:&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;For 1.9 or above use&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Directory &amp;quot;/var/www/moodle/auth/ldap/&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;Files ntlmsso_magic.php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            NTLMAuth on&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthType NTLM&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthName &amp;quot;Moodle NTLM Authentication&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
            NTLMAuthHelper &amp;quot;/usr/bin/ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
            NTLMBasicAuthoritative on&lt;br /&gt;
            require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;/Files&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;For 1.8 or below use&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Directory &amp;quot;/var/www/moodle/auth/ntlm/&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;Files oncampuslogin.php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            NTLMAuth on&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthType NTLM&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthName &amp;quot;Moodle NTLM Authentication&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
            NTLMAuthHelper &amp;quot;/usr/bin/ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
            NTLMBasicAuthoritative on&lt;br /&gt;
            require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;/Files&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Check the permissions of the Winbind pipe directory (Ubuntu places it under &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/var/run/samba/winbindd_privileged&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, yours may be placed at a different location). Apache will need to be able to enter that directory, so we need to make sure it has the right permissions. So have a look at the permissions of that directory and note the name of the group assigned to it. The following example is from a Ubuntu 7.10 machine:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $ ls -ald /var/run/samba/winbindd_privileged&lt;br /&gt;
  drwxr-x--- 2 root winbindd_priv 60 2007-11-17 16:18 /var/run/samba/winbindd_privileged/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:so we see the group is &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;winbindd_priv&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Instead of modifying the directory permissions (which could break other services that use winbind) we are goint to make the Apache user (&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;www-data&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in our example, but could be &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;httpd&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;nobody&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, etc.) is part of the appropiate group. Execute the following as root:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  # adduser www-data winbindd_priv&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adduser&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is available in Debian and Ubuntu at least. If your distribution doesn&#039;t have &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;adduser&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, you can edit &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/etc/group&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; manually to achive the same effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Restart the Apache service to apply the changes. Have a look at Apache&#039;s error log to see that everything is ok.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Couple of gotchas - in Fedora Core, keep alive is turned OFF by default in the httpd.conf - see this bug for further info: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=188138&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Dan if you get this working - I&#039;m keen to hear how people go using the samba winbind option!&lt;br /&gt;
::-- Hi Dan! I made it work using Ubuntu 7.04. That&#039;s what I&#039;ve used to update the documentation. [[User:Iñaki Arenaza|Iñaki Arenaza]] 10:43, 30 September 2007 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the NTLM Auth Module for Apache====&lt;br /&gt;
#get the Module from: http://modntlm.sourceforge.net/&lt;br /&gt;
#use something like this in your httpd.conf: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=45887#211074&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the mod_auth_sspi Module for Apache 2 on Windows====&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: This setup is currently being used in a live production environment, and is therefore suitable for such use provided it is correctly configured and tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the recommended method for Apache 2 on Windows, however it will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; work on Linux/UNIX systems.&lt;br /&gt;
It provides better stability and higher performance than other NTLM modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download the mod_auth_sspi Module from: http://sourceforge.net/projects/mod-auth-sspi/. At the moment of writing this (2007.09.30), the current version is mod_auth_sspi 1.0.4, which has two different ZIP files to download:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::* mod_auth_sspi-1.0.4-2.0.58.zip :   Use this file if you are using Apache 2.0.x.&lt;br /&gt;
::* mod_auth_sspi-1.0.4-2.2.2.zip :   Use this file if you are using Apache 2.2.x.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unzip the right file and copy mod_auth_sspi.so (it&#039;s inside &#039;&#039;&#039;bin&#039;&#039;&#039; subdirectory) to your Apache modules directory.&lt;br /&gt;
* Edit your Apache 2 configuration file (httpd.conf) to load the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;IfModule !mod_auth_sspi.c&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        LoadModule sspi_auth_module modules/mod_auth_sspi.so&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/IfModule&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose one of the two methods below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Method 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: This method is recommended for servers that will host a single Moodle instance. Configure NTLM from the main configuration file, add the following to httpd.conf (substitute &amp;quot;C:\moodle&amp;quot; with the path to your Moodle installation e.g. &amp;quot;C:\my-moodle&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;&#039;For 1.9 or above use&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Directory &amp;quot;C:\moodle\auth\ldap&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;Files ntlmsso_magic.php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthName &amp;quot;Moodle at My College&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthType SSPI&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIAuth On&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIOfferBasic Off&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIAuthoritative On&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIDomain mycollege.ac.uk&lt;br /&gt;
            require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;/Files&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;&#039;For 1.8 or below use&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Directory &amp;quot;C:\moodle\auth\ntlm&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;Files oncampuslogin.php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthName &amp;quot;Moodle at My College&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthType SSPI&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIAuth On&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIOfferBasic Off&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIAuthoritative On&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIDomain mycollege.ac.uk&lt;br /&gt;
            require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;/Files&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &#039;&#039;&#039;Method 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: The alternative method is to use a .htaccess file&lt;br /&gt;
:This method is recommended for servers that will host multiple Moodle instances. It allows additional Moodle instances to be configured without restarting apache, and also makes the solution a little more portable. We need to add a directive to the main httpd.conf to allow configuration of authentication within .htaccess files.&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Directory C:\moodle&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        AllowOverride AuthConfig&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;&#039;For 1.9 or above&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
:::Create a new text file named &#039;.htaccess&#039; in the directory &#039;C:\moodle\moodle\auth\ldap&#039; and add the following directives:&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Files ntlmsso_magic.php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        AuthName &amp;quot;Moodle at My College&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        AuthType SSPI&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIAuth On&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIOfferBasic Off&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIAuthoritative On&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIDomain mycollege.ac.uk&lt;br /&gt;
        require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Files&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: &#039;&#039;&#039;For 1.8 or below&#039;&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
:::Create a new text file named &#039;.htaccess&#039; in the directory &#039;C:\moodle\moodle\auth\ntlm&#039; and add the following directives:&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Files oncampuslogin.php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        AuthName &amp;quot;Moodle at My College&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        AuthType SSPI&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIAuth On&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIOfferBasic Off&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIAuthoritative On&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIDomain mycollege.ac.uk&lt;br /&gt;
        require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Files&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:This enables the Moodle folder to be moved to any apache webserver that is configured to allow authentication configuration through .htaccess&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further help and discussion: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=56565&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuring IP/Subnet Mask==&lt;br /&gt;
#Subnet masks are based on binary patterns so need a bit of knowledge to understand. The best way to find out what IP/Subnet masks to use is to ask your Network Admin. Once you have configured your IP/Subnet masks, you can use the check_ip.php page to test if you have set these ranges up correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes/Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
# (pre-1.9 only) When using IIS, dbsessions is required to be set to &amp;quot;YES&amp;quot; because when Integrated authentication is turned on for the oncampuslogin.php page, and dbsessions is set to &amp;quot;NO&amp;quot; then the server impersonates the user to write the session in the moodledata\sessions folder. The recommended fix is to set dbsessions to &amp;quot;YES&amp;quot; so that sessions are stored in the db. The non-recommended alternative method is to allow domain users write access to the sessions directory.&lt;br /&gt;
# (pre-1.9 only) If you forget to change the internal IP addresses in index.php to your own, you can just use the offcampuslogin url to login using your admin account. eg: http://yoursite.com/moodle/auth/ntlm/offcampuslogin.php&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are using Firefox, you will need to follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
:*Load Firefox and type about:config in the address box. The configuration settings page should be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
:*In the Filter box, type the word &amp;quot;ntlm&amp;quot; to filter the NTLM strings. You should see three settings displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Double-click on &amp;quot;network.automatic-ntlm-auth.trusted-uris&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
:*In the box, enter the full URL of your Moodle server. For example &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://moodle.mydomain.com&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*Close Firefox and restart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Specific File information== &lt;br /&gt;
(mainly for developers)&lt;br /&gt;
#auth\ntlm\index.php&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This is the page used for the Alternate Login URL setting on the config page for the NTLM plugin.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The index.php file handles which login page to use based on the IP address of the user.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;if inside your network, they should be directed to the oncampuslogin.php screen.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;if outside your network, they should be directed to the offcampuslogin.php screen.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;you will need to modify the if statements in this file to match the IP ranges inside your network.&lt;br /&gt;
#auth\ntlm\index_form.html&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;this is a copy of the file login\index_form.php.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; The only change in this file from the standard one is that the form action=&amp;quot;index.php&amp;quot; is changed to form action=&amp;quot;offcampuslogin.php&amp;quot; this is because anyone who is displayed the form will be an offcampus user.&lt;br /&gt;
#auth\ntlm\offcampuslogin.php&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;this is a copy of the file moodle\login\index.php with a couple of minor modifications.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the modifications to this file involve the setting of a variable ($onoroffcampus = &amp;quot;offcampus&amp;quot;;) this is used by the auth plugin to define which page is being used for authentication. the other modification is for displaying extra error messages to the user. - with all the authentication methods we have students are constantly confused about how to enter their credentials if you use NTLM authentication elsewhere at your site you will be aware of the users having to enter the domain\username when authenticating. - this code block sits around line 215 in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
#auth\ntlm\oncampuslogin.php&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;this is a copy of the file login\index.php&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This file has been modified to get the details of the authenticated user via NTLM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=42 Using Moodle: User authentication] forum&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=45887 NTLM Authentication] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&amp;amp;rid=314 Download the NTLM Authentication Module]&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=80104 Merging AD NTLM SSO into auth/ldap] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Authentication]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=NTLM_authentication&amp;diff=28789</id>
		<title>NTLM authentication</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=NTLM_authentication&amp;diff=28789"/>
		<updated>2007-11-14T22:56:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This document describes how to set up NTLM/Integrated Authentication in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is integrated in v1.9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For earlier versions, it uses a modified version of LDAP Authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
The NTLM Authentication module is available in the Modules and Plugins database here:&lt;br /&gt;
http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&amp;amp;rid=314&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assumptions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#you are running a MS Active Directory for Authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Server hosting your website is a member of the Active Directory Domain that your users are also members of.&lt;br /&gt;
#you are able to define people inside your Network (and authenticated to the Domain) from an IP range or IP range of computers.&lt;br /&gt;
#you have &amp;quot;some&amp;quot; basic knowledge of php and are able to configure the index.php with the range of internal IP addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
#you are familar with or have read the LDAP authentication documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation on 1.9==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No installation needed. See the Auth/LDAP settings for the NTLM config options. You only have to&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set the subnet mask&lt;br /&gt;
*On IIS: turn on Integrated Authentication&lt;br /&gt;
*On Apache - use one of the 3 methods outlined below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation on 1.6/1.7==&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy the folder AUTH/NTLM into the AUTH folder of your moodle installation.&lt;br /&gt;
#Configure the IP/Subnet Mask in the Config screen.&lt;br /&gt;
[https://docs.moodle.org/en/NTLM_authentication#Configuring IP/Subnet Mask see below for more help]&lt;br /&gt;
If the IP/Subnet Mask does not give enough complexity for your network, Modify the auth/ntlm/index.php file - for instructions on doing this, view the comments in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
#Turn Integrated Authentication ON and Anonymous Authentication OFF for the moodle\auth\ntlm\oncampuslogin.php file. [https://docs.moodle.org/en/NTLM_authentication#How_to_Turn_Integrated_Authentication_on see below for more detailed instructions]&lt;br /&gt;
#Visit the admin page of your moodle installation - you should see notification that the NTLM_AUTH module has been installed.&lt;br /&gt;
#go to the configuration &amp;gt; variables page, find the dbsessions setting (in 1.8 on admin page server \ sessions page), and set it to &amp;quot;YES&amp;quot; then save the page.&lt;br /&gt;
#go to the Authentication admin page and select auth_ntlmtitle as your authentication method Note: - this doesn&#039;t display full text as I haven&#039;t created a language file for this module - you will also see auth_ntlmdescription instead of a proper description - you don&#039;t need to worry about this, as you will be the only one who ever sees this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Configure this page with your normal LDAP settings. NOTE: the Alternate Login URL at the bottom of this page (or on the main authentication page in 1.8 - and needs to be set manually to the oncampus url)has been set to the NTLM page. - if you wish uninstall this auth module, you must reset this variable on the new authentication type page. eg - if you wish to revert back to manual authentication, then change to manual, and then make sure you delete the alternate login url at the bottom of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
#(OPTIONAL) modify the offcampuslogin page to give errors when students try to prefix their usercode with your domain.&lt;br /&gt;
around line 216 find this code, uncomment all the lines and replace the letters &#039;DOM&#039; with your domain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    if (empty($errormsg)) {&lt;br /&gt;
        if (strstr(strtolower($frm-&amp;gt;username), &amp;quot;DOM\\&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;&amp;gt; false) { //NAD - DOM messages.&lt;br /&gt;
            $errormsg = get_string(&amp;quot;invalidlogin&amp;quot;) . &amp;quot; DOM\\ is not required!&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
        } else if (strpos($frm-&amp;gt;username, &amp;quot;@&amp;quot;) &amp;lt;&amp;gt; false) {&lt;br /&gt;
            $errormsg = get_string(&amp;quot;invalidlogin&amp;quot;) . &amp;quot; enter your username - not your e-mail address.&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
        } else {&lt;br /&gt;
            $errormsg = get_string(&amp;quot;invalidlogin&amp;quot;);&lt;br /&gt;
        }&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Installation on 1.5==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See the README in the auth/ntml package.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to Turn Integrated Authentication on==&lt;br /&gt;
The File oncampuslogin.php MUST have NTLM/Integrated Authentication enabled at the server or the page will not work.&lt;br /&gt;
===IIS Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
open up IIS, and find the auth/ntlm/oncampuslogin.php file, &lt;br /&gt;
#right click on the file, choose properties&lt;br /&gt;
#under the &amp;quot;file security&amp;quot; tab, click on the Authentication and Access control &amp;quot;edit&amp;quot; button&lt;br /&gt;
#untick &amp;quot;enable anonymous access&amp;quot; and tick &amp;quot;Integrated Windows Authentication&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
===APACHE Configuration===&lt;br /&gt;
There are currently 3 possible methods for this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the NTLM part of Samba====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Get the plugin here: http://samba.org/ftp/unpacked/lorikeet/mod_auth_ntlm_winbind/ and follow the instructions inside the README file. You&#039;ll need to install the Apache development packages in addition to the core C develpment packages.&lt;br /&gt;
* Once you have compiled it, put it inside Apache&#039;s modules subdirectory (this location depends on a number of factors, like compiling Apache yourself, using different Linux distributions packages, an so on), and load and enable the module in Apache&#039;s configuration. For example, if your Apache modules are under &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/lib/apache2/modules&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, you&#039;ll need something like this in your Apache configuration file (usually called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;apache2.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http2.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;IfModule !mod_auth_ntlm_winbind.c&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
       LoadModule auth_ntlm_winbind_module /usr/lib/apache2/modules/mod_auth_ntlm_winbind.so&lt;br /&gt;
   &amp;lt;/IfModule&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Install the Samba &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;winbind&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; daemon package. This packages relies on Samba&#039;s configuration file to get some important settings (like the Windows domain name, uid and gid range mappings, and so on). In addition to that, you&#039;ll need to make your Linux/Unix machine part of the domain. Otherwise winbind won&#039;t be able to pull user and groups informationi from the domain controllers. You should read the Samba documentation to perform this step, but the most important part is having something like the following lines in your &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;smb.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; file (in addition to what you already have there):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   workgroup = DOMAINNAME&lt;br /&gt;
   password server = *&lt;br /&gt;
   security = domain&lt;br /&gt;
   encrypt passwords = true&lt;br /&gt;
   idmap uid = 10000-20000&lt;br /&gt;
   idmap gid = 10000-20000&lt;br /&gt;
   winbind separator = \\&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: and executing the command:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    net join DOMAINNAME -U Administrator&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: where &#039;&#039;&#039;DOMAINNAME&#039;&#039;&#039; is the NetBIOS windows domain name, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; an account with enough privileges to add new machines to the domain.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; You&#039;ll need to type this account&#039;s password for the command to succeed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: Also, make sure you have disabled &amp;quot;Microsoft Network Server: digitally sign communications (always)&amp;quot; in your Domain Controllers Security Policy, unless you are using a version of Samba that can sign SMB packets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Restart the &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;winbind&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; service to apply the changes and test that it&#039;s running ok by executing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    wbinfo -u&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: You should get the full list of Windows domain users. If you use &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;-g&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; instead, you&#039;ll get the domain groups list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Check that your &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;winbind&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; package installed the authentication helper command &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;ntlm_auth&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, as we&#039;ll need it later. We&#039;ll assume the helper is located at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/usr/bin/ntlm_auth&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. If yours is at a different location, make sure you adjust the path in the example below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Add something like this to your Apache configuration file (usually called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;apache2.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; or &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;http2.conf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;). We&#039;ll assume that your Moodle &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;$CFG-&amp;gt;dirroot&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; directory is located at &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;/var/www/moodle&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; in the example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Directory &amp;quot;/var/www/moodle/auth/ntlm/&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;Files oncampuslogin.php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            NTLMAuth on&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthType NTLM&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthName &amp;quot;Moodle NTLM Authentication&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
            NTLMAuthHelper &amp;quot;/usr/bin/ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
            NTLMBasicAuthoritative on&lt;br /&gt;
            require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;/Files&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Restart the Apache service to apply the changes. Have a look at Apache&#039;s error log to see that everything is ok.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Couple of gotchas - in Fedora Core, keep alive is turned OFF by default in the httpd.conf - see this bug for further info: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=188138&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Email Dan if you get this working - I&#039;m keen to hear how people go using the samba winbind option!&lt;br /&gt;
::-- Hi Dan! I made it work using Ubuntu 7.04. That&#039;s what I&#039;ve used to update the documentation. [[User:Iñaki Arenaza|Iñaki Arenaza]] 10:43, 30 September 2007 (CDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the NTLM Auth Module for Apache====&lt;br /&gt;
#get the Module from: http://modntlm.sourceforge.net/&lt;br /&gt;
#use something like this in your httpd.conf: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=45887#211074&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Using the mod_auth_sspi Module for Apache 2 on Windows====&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: This setup is currently being used in a live production environment, and is therefore suitable for such use provided it is correctly configured and tested.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the recommended method for Apache 2 on Windows, however it will &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; work on Linux/UNIX systems.&lt;br /&gt;
It provides better stability and higher performance than other NTLM modules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Download the mod_auth_sspi Module from: http://sourceforge.net/projects/mod-auth-sspi/. At the moment of writing this (2007.09.30), the current version is mod_auth_sspi 1.0.4, which has two different ZIP files to download:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* mod_auth_sspi-1.0.4-2.0.58.zip :   Use this file if you are using Apache 2.0.x.&lt;br /&gt;
:* mod_auth_sspi-1.0.4-2.2.2.zip :   Use this file if you are using Apache 2.2.x.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Unzip the right file and copy mod_auth_sspi.so (it&#039;s inside &#039;&#039;&#039;bin&#039;&#039;&#039; subdirectory) to your Apache modules directory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Edit your Apache 2 configuration file (httpd.conf) to load the module.&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;IfModule !mod_auth_sspi.c&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        LoadModule sspi_auth_module modules/mod_auth_sspi.so&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/IfModule&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Choose one of the two methods below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 1&#039;&#039;&#039;: This method is recommended for servers that will host a single Moodle instance.&lt;br /&gt;
Configure NTLM from the main configuration file, add the following to httpd.conf (substitute &amp;quot;C:\moodle&amp;quot; with the path to your Moodle installation e.g. &amp;quot;C:\my-moodle&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Directory &amp;quot;C:\moodle\auth\ntlm&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;Files oncampuslogin.php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthName &amp;quot;Moodle at My College&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
            AuthType SSPI&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIAuth On&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIOfferBasic Off&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIAuthoritative On&lt;br /&gt;
            SSPIDomain mycollege.ac.uk&lt;br /&gt;
            require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;/Files&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Method 2&#039;&#039;&#039;: The alternative method is to use a .htaccess file&lt;br /&gt;
This method is recommended for servers that will host multiple Moodle instances.&lt;br /&gt;
It allows additional Moodle instances to be configured without restarting apache, and also makes the solution a little more portable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need to add a directive to the main httpd.conf to allow configuration of authentication within .htaccess files.&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Directory C:\moodle&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        AllowOverride AuthConfig&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Directory&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, create a new text file named &#039;.htaccess&#039; in the directory &#039;C:\moodle\moodle\auth\ntlm&#039; and add the following directives:&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;Files oncampuslogin.php&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        AuthName &amp;quot;Moodle at My College&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        AuthType SSPI&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIAuth On&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIOfferBasic Off&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIAuthoritative On&lt;br /&gt;
        SSPIDomain mycollege.ac.uk&lt;br /&gt;
        require valid-user&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;/Files&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This enables the Moodle folder to be moved to any apache webserver that is configured to allow authentication configuration through .htaccess&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further help and discussion: http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=56565&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuring IP/Subnet Mask==&lt;br /&gt;
#Subnet masks are based on binary patterns so need a bit of knowledge to understand. The best way to find out what IP/Subnet masks to use is to ask your Network Admin. Once you have configured your IP/Subnet masks, you can use the check_ip.php page to test if you have set these ranges up correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes/Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
#When using IIS, dbsessions is required to be set to &amp;quot;YES&amp;quot; because when Integrated authentication is turned on for the oncampuslogin.php page, and dbsessions is set to &amp;quot;NO&amp;quot; then the server impersonates the user to write the session in the moodledata\sessions folder. The recommended fix is to set dbsessions to &amp;quot;YES&amp;quot; so that sessions are stored in the db. The non-recommended alternative method is to allow domain users write access to the sessions directory.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you forget to change the internal IP addresses in index.php to your own, you can just use the offcampuslogin url to login using your admin account. eg: http://yoursite.com/moodle/auth/ntlm/offcampuslogin.php&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are using Firefox, you will need to follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
:*Load Firefox and type about:config in the address box. The configuration settings page should be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
:*In the Filter box, type the word &amp;quot;ntlm&amp;quot; to filter the NTLM strings. You should see three settings displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Double-click on &amp;quot;network.automatic-ntlm-auth.trusted-uris&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
:*In the box, enter the full URL of your Moodle server. For example &amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;http://moodle.mydomain.com&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:*Close Firefox and restart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Specific File information== &lt;br /&gt;
(mainly for developers)&lt;br /&gt;
#auth\ntlm\index.php&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This is the page used for the Alternate Login URL setting on the config page for the NTLM plugin.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The index.php file handles which login page to use based on the IP address of the user.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;if inside your network, they should be directed to the oncampuslogin.php screen.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;if outside your network, they should be directed to the offcampuslogin.php screen.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;you will need to modify the if statements in this file to match the IP ranges inside your network.&lt;br /&gt;
#auth\ntlm\index_form.html&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;this is a copy of the file login\index_form.php.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; The only change in this file from the standard one is that the form action=&amp;quot;index.php&amp;quot; is changed to form action=&amp;quot;offcampuslogin.php&amp;quot; this is because anyone who is displayed the form will be an offcampus user.&lt;br /&gt;
#auth\ntlm\offcampuslogin.php&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;this is a copy of the file moodle\login\index.php with a couple of minor modifications.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;the modifications to this file involve the setting of a variable ($onoroffcampus = &amp;quot;offcampus&amp;quot;;) this is used by the auth plugin to define which page is being used for authentication. the other modification is for displaying extra error messages to the user. - with all the authentication methods we have students are constantly confused about how to enter their credentials if you use NTLM authentication elsewhere at your site you will be aware of the users having to enter the domain\username when authenticating. - this code block sits around line 215 in the file.&lt;br /&gt;
#auth\ntlm\oncampuslogin.php&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;this is a copy of the file login\index.php&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This file has been modified to get the details of the authenticated user via NTLM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=42 Using Moodle: User authentication] forum&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=45887 NTLM Authentication] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&amp;amp;rid=314 Download the NTLM Authentication Module]&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=80104 Merging AD NTLM SSO into auth/ldap] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Authentication]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Installing_Oracle_for_PHP&amp;diff=28688</id>
		<title>Installing Oracle for PHP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Installing_Oracle_for_PHP&amp;diff=28688"/>
		<updated>2007-11-14T03:03:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Work in progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://www.oracle.com/technology/pub/notes/technote_php_instant.html&lt;br /&gt;
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65488#p308002 (with attached html document)&lt;br /&gt;
* http://es.php.net/oci8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important Note:&#039;&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t forget to enable this variable in your php.ini (or .htaccess)  file:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(else, all your data will be escaped following MySQL rules, that are incorrect for Oracle)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    magic_quotes_sybase = On&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Broken versions of OCI8 driver ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PHP v5.2.4 (and perhaps v5.2.3 as well) have shipped with a bug in the OCI8 driver that leaks statement handles. The version of the OCI8 driver with the bug is v1.2.4. Possible workarounds:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Downgrade to PHP v5.2.1 (reported to work)&lt;br /&gt;
* Downgrade only the oci8 driver to the one included in PHP 5.2.1 (does this work?)&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are on linux and/or can compile PECL extensions, install an older OCI8 driver (v1.2.3 seems to work) from the PECL repository http://pecl.php.net/package/oci8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More information at&lt;br /&gt;
* http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=42496 -- tracking the PHP OCI8 bug&lt;br /&gt;
* http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-11429 -- diagnostics on the Moodle side&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Related links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Installing MSSQL for PHP]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Roles&amp;diff=27082</id>
		<title>Development:Roles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/32/en/index.php?title=Development:Roles&amp;diff=27082"/>
		<updated>2007-09-19T04:07:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Martinlanghoff: /* Capability-locality changes in v1.9 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Moodle 1.7}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Roles and permissions&#039;&#039;&#039; is in Moodle 1.7 onwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Definitions==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A role is an identifier of the user&#039;s status in some context. For example: Teacher, Student and Forum moderator are examples of roles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A capability is a description of some particular Moodle feature. Capabilities are associated with roles. For example, &#039;&#039;mod/forum:replypost&#039;&#039; is a capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A permission is some value that is assigned for a capability for a particular role.  For example, allow or prevent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A context is a &amp;quot;space&amp;quot; in the Moodle, such as courses, activity modules, blocks etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The existing system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In versions prior to v1.7, Moodle uses a fixed set of roles i.e. primary admin, admins, course creators, editing teachers, non-editing teachers, students, and guests. For each role, the capability or actions that they can perform are fixed. For example, the role student allows the user to submit an assignment, but doesn&#039;t allow the user to browse/edit other users&#039; work. By using this setup we limit ourselves to a rather rigid set of capabilities for each role. If we want, say a particular student or group to be able to mark assignments in a particular course, we can&#039;t do that without giving these users teacher privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The new roles and capability system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With v1.7 and greater, Moodle introduces a roles and capabilities system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Role has two primary functions:&lt;br /&gt;
# define list of permissions - role definition is global for all contexts, but can be changed by local context overrides&lt;br /&gt;
# replace old course enrolments - role assignment in course context is simitar to the old enrolment process&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new system will allow authorized users to define an arbitrary number of roles (eg a teacher) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A role consists of a list of permissions for different possible actions within Moodle (eg delete discussions, add activities etc)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Roles can be applied to users in a context (eg assign Fred as a teacher in a particular course)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are the possible contexts, listed from the most general to the most specific. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#CONTEXT_SYSTEM       -- the whole site&lt;br /&gt;
#CONTEXT_PERSONAL     -- yourself&lt;br /&gt;
#CONTEXT_USER         -- another user&lt;br /&gt;
#CONTEXT_COURSECAT    -- a course category&lt;br /&gt;
#CONTEXT_COURSE       -- a course&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;#CONTEXT_GROUP        -- a group&lt;br /&gt;
#CONTEXT_MODULE       -- an activity module&lt;br /&gt;
#CONTEXT_BLOCK        -- a block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Moodle-contexts-1.8.png|right|thumb|A diagram of the contexts in Moodle 1.8, based on the [[Talk:Roles_and_capabilities|text diagram by Martin Dougiamas]]. Click on the diagram to see a more detailed view of it.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An authorized user will be able to assign an arbitrary number of roles to each user in any context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Capabilities can have the following permissions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#CAP_INHERIT&lt;br /&gt;
#CAP_ALLOW&lt;br /&gt;
#CAP_PREVENT&lt;br /&gt;
#CAP_PROHIBIT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no permission is defined, then the capability permission is inherited from a context that is more general than the current context. If we define different permission values for the same capability in different contexts, we say that we are overriding the capability in the more specific context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the capabilities in each role could be different, there could be conflict in capabilities. This is resolved by enforcing the rule that the capability defined for a more specific context will win, unless a prohibit is encountered in a less specific context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Mark has a student role at course level, which allows him to write into a wiki. But Mark also got assigned a Visitor role at a module context level (for a particular wiki) which prevents him from writing to the wiki (read only). Therefore, for this particular wiki, Mark will not be able to write to the wiki since the more specific context wins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we set a PROHIBIT on a capability, it means that the capability cannot be overridden and will ALWAYS  have a permission of prevent (deny). Prohibit always wins.   For example, Jeff has a naughty student role that prohibits him from postings in any forums (for the whole site), but he&#039;s also assigned a facilitator role in &amp;quot;Science forum&amp;quot; in the course Science and Math 101. Since prohibit always wins, Jeff is unable to post in &amp;quot;Science forum&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow and prevent will cancel each other out if set for the same capability at the same context level. If this happens, we refer to the previous context level to determine the permission for the capability.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This may sound more complex than it really is in practice.  The upshot is that the system can be flexible enough to allow pretty much any combination of permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Capability-locality changes in v1.9===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When resolving conflicts between &amp;quot;allow&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;prevent&amp;quot; in v1.7 and v1.8 the locality of the capability is taken into account, although with less weight than the locality of the role assignment. In v1.9 the process has been simplified, we consider locality of the role assignment when dealing with allow/prevent conflicts, but ignore where the capability has been defined (as long as it applies to the context).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example - for the situation where there is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* two roles assigned to one user in a context (eg student role and teacher role)&lt;br /&gt;
* one override on one of those roles ( eg student role), at the same context&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
then&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;1.7/1.8&#039;&#039;&#039; The override used to &#039;&#039;always&#039;&#039; win over the settings from the combined roles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;1.9&#039;&#039;&#039; The override is combined with the student role first. and then the roles are combined. This is more logical, as the override is acting like a modification to the student role.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, see [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-11218 MDL-11218]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Upgrading from 1.6==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A smooth upgrade will be provided with 1.7. The existing roles (admin, teacher, student, etc), and the existing capabilities will be automatically retained.  This is done by creating default roles at site/course levels, and assigning the current users to these roles accordingly. The default roles will have default capabilities associated with them, mirroring what we have  in 1.6.   With no modifications, Moodle will operate exactly the same before and after the upgrade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Admins===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Admin users will be assigned the default legacy admin role in the system (site) context&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Course Creators===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Course Creators will be assigned the default legacy course creator role in the system (site) context&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teachers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users who were teachers will be assigned the default legacy teacher role (or non-editing teacher role) in all courses they were teacher.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Students===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users who were students will be assigned the default student role in all courses they were student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guests===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will still be a single guest user with no default role at site level.   For each course that allows guest access, the guest role will be assigned to the guest user for that course context.   The guest control for the course will be modified from three to two options (guests always need to enter enrolment key - on/off).  This setting is checked as now to force guests to enter key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will be a comprehensive list of capabilities (it&#039;s not complete yet). It is important that capability names are unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Core-level Capabilities===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle core capability names start with &#039;moodle/&#039;.  The next word indicates what type of core capability it is, and the last word is the actual capability itself.  The capabilities for the Moodle core are defined in lib/db/access.php&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/legacy:guest - legacy capabilities are used to transition existing users to the new roles system during the upgrade to Moodle 1.7&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/legacy:student&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/legacy:teacher&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/legacy:editingteacher&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/legacy:coursecreator&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/legacy:admin&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:doanything - special capability, meant for admins, if is set, overrides all other capability settings&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:config - applicable in admin/index.php and config.php (might break down later) : 1)admin/config.php 2)admin/configure.php 3)blocks/admin/block_admin.php load_content_for_site()&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:readallmessages - reads all messages and history&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:approvecourse - approves a pending course&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:manageblocks - adding/removing/editing blocks (site, course contexts only for now) : 1)_add_edit_controls moodleblock.class.php &lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:backup - can create a course backup : 1)course/category.php 2)block_admin.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:restore - can restore into this context : 1)course/category.php 2)block_admin.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:import - can import other courses into this context : 1)block_admin.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:accessallgroups - able to access all groups irrespective of what group the user is in&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:accessdb - directly accessing db (phpmyadmin)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:viewfullnames - able to see fullnames of other users&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:viewparticipants - able to view participants&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:viewreports - able to view site/course reports&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:trustcontent - ability to use trusttext feature and bypass cleaning in specific areas&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/site:uploadusers - ability to upload/update users from text file; moodle/role:assign capability is needed for course enrolling&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/blog:view - read blogs (usable in system or course context)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/blog:create - write new blog posts (usable in system context only)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/blog:manageofficialtags - create/delete official blog tags that others can use (usable in system context only)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/blog:managepersonaltags - delete personal blog tags that others can use (usable in system context only) Note: users can always add own personal tags. This setting should be off for students by default.&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/blog:manageentries - edit/delete all blog entries (usable in system context only)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:setcurrentsection - mark course section&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:create - create courses : 1)course/edit.php 2)course/category.php 3)course/index.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:delete - create courses : 1)course/category.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:update - update course settings&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:view - can use this to find participants&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:viewparticipants - allows a user to view participant list&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:viewscales - view scales (i.e. in a help window?) : 1)course/scales.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:manageactivities - adding/removing/editing activities and resources (don&#039;t think it makes any sense to split these)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:managescales - add, delete, edit scales, move scales up and down : 1)blocks/block_admin.php 2)course/scales.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:managegroups - managing groups, add, edit, delete : 1)course/groups.php 2)course/group.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:managefiles - manage course files and folders&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:managequestions - manage course questions&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:managemetacourse - manage child courses in metacourse&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:reset - able to reset the course&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:useremail - Can use the enable/disable email stuff&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:visibility - hide/show courses : 1)course/category.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:viewhiddencourses - see hidden courses&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:activityvisibility - hide/show activities within a course&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:viewhiddenactivities - able to see activities that have been hidden&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:sectionvisibility - hide/show sections&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:viewhiddensections - view hidden sections&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:viewcoursegrades - views all grades in course&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:viewhiddenuserfields - view all hidden user fields&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/course:managegrades - manages grades settings in course&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/category:create - create category : 1)course/index.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/category:delete - delete category : 1)course/index.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/category:update - update category settings (sort and rename) this is currently an admin capability : 1)course/category.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/category:visibility - hide/show categories : 1)course/index.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/user:viewusergrades - view your own, or other user&#039;s grades (with specified context)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/user:create - create user : 1) user/edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/user:delete - delete user : 1) admin/user.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/user:readuserblogs - read blog entries&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/user:update - update user settings : 1) user/edit.php&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/user:viewdetails - view personally-identifying user details (e.g. name, photo).&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/user:viewhiddendetails - view user details marked as &amp;quot;hidden&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/calendar:manageownentries - create/edit/delete &lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/calendar:manageentries - create/edit/delete&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/role:assign - assign roles to users&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/role:override - can override role capabilities (depending on context)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/role:manage - create/edit/delete roles, set capability permissions for each role&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/role:unassignself - unassign yourself from your own roles&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/role:viewhiddenassigns - view role assignments that have been marked as hidden&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/question:import - imports questions (course level?) - Yes, question permissions currently need to be course-level.--[[User:Tim Hunt|Tim Hunt]]&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/question:export - exports questions (course level?)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/question:managecateory - add/delete/edit question categories (course level?)&lt;br /&gt;
#moodle/question:manage - add/edit/delete a question (course level)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===User-level Capabilities===&lt;br /&gt;
# moodle/user:readuserposts -read individual user posts on profile page (parent?)&lt;br /&gt;
# moodle/user:readuserblogs -read individual user blogs on profile page (parent?)&lt;br /&gt;
# moodle/user:viewuseractivitiesreport-read individual activity report on profile page (parent?)&lt;br /&gt;
# moodle/user:editprofile - edit profile (normally used in CONTEXT_USERID and CONTEXT_SYSTEM)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Module-level Capabilities===&lt;br /&gt;
The capabilities are cached into a database table when a module is installed or updated. Whenever the capability definitions are updated, the module version number should be bumped up so that the database table can be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The naming convention for capabilities that are specific to modules and blocks is &#039;mod/mod_name:capability&#039;.  The part before the colon is the full path to the module in the Moodle code.  The module capabilities are defined in mod/mod_name/db/access.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Assignment&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/assignment:view- reading the assignment description&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/assignment:submit - turn assignment in&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/assignment:grade - grading, viewing of list of submitted assignments&lt;br /&gt;
#Chat&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/chat:chat - allows a user to participate in this chat&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/chat:readlog - allows a user to read past chat session logs&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/chat:deletelog - allows a user to delete past chat logs&lt;br /&gt;
#Choice&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/choice:choose - make a choice&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/choice:readresponses - read all responses&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/choice:deleteresponses - deletes all responses&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/choice:downloadresponses - download responses&lt;br /&gt;
#Database&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:viewentry - reads other people&#039;s entry&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:writeentry - add / edit and delete (own) entries&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:managetemplates - add, delete, edit fields and templates&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:manageentries - edit/delete all entries&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:comment - comment&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:managecomments - edit/delete all comments&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:rate - rate an entry&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:viewrating&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:approve - approves an entry&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/data:uploadentries - batch upload of entries&lt;br /&gt;
#Exercise&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/exercise:assess&lt;br /&gt;
#Forum&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:viewdiscussion&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:viewdiscussionsfromallgroups&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:viewhiddentimedposts&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:startdiscussion&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:replypost&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:viewrating&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:viewanyrating&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:rate&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:createattachment&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:deleteownpost&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:deleteanypost&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:splitdiscussions&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:movediscussions&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:editanypost&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:viewqandawithoutposting&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:viewsubscribers&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:managesubscriptions&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/forum:throttlingapplies&lt;br /&gt;
#Glossary&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:write - add entries&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:manageentries - add, edit, delete entries&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:managecategories - create, delete, edit categories&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:comment - comment on an entry&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:managecomments - edit, delete comments&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:import - import glossaries&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:export - export glossaries&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:approve - approve glossaries&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:rate - rates glossary&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/glossary:viewrating - view ratings&lt;br /&gt;
#Hotpot&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/hotpot:attempt - attempt a hotpot&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/hotpot:viewreport - review and view reports&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/hotpot:grade - (grade? and) regrade&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/hotpot:deleteattempt - deletes attempts&lt;br /&gt;
#Label&lt;br /&gt;
##none&lt;br /&gt;
#Lams&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/lams:participate - original student&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/lams:manage - original teacher&lt;br /&gt;
#Lesson&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/lesson:edit - add and edit pages&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/lesson:manage - view student attempts&lt;br /&gt;
#Quiz&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/quiz:grade - comment, override grade, manual grade&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/quiz:preview - previews the quiz&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/quiz:viewreports - view quiz result reports&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/quiz:manage - add/delete/move (up or down) questions for a quiz&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/quiz:attempt - attempt the quiz--[[User:Tim Hunt|Tim Hunt]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Resource&lt;br /&gt;
#Scorm&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/scorm:viewgrades&lt;br /&gt;
#Survey&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/survey:download - downloads survery result&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/survey:participate - participate/ do survey&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/survey:readresponses - read all user&#039;s responese&lt;br /&gt;
#Wiki&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/wiki:participate - original student, meaning depends of type and course setting&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/wiki:manage - original teacher, manages assigned group; moodle/site:accessallgroups is needed to manage all groups &lt;br /&gt;
##(Waiting on new wiki)&lt;br /&gt;
#Workshop&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/workshop:participate - original student, allows user to submit and assess&lt;br /&gt;
##mod/workshop:manage - original teacher, user can manage others&lt;br /&gt;
##(Waiting on new Workshop)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Enrolment-level Capabilities===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The naming convention for capabilities that are specific to enrolment is &#039;enrol/enrol_name:capability&#039;. The enrolment capabilities are defined in enrol/enrol_name/db/access.php.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Authorize.net Payment Gateway &lt;br /&gt;
##enrol/authorize:managepayments - manage user payments, capture, void, refund, delete etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blocks===&lt;br /&gt;
#activity_modules&lt;br /&gt;
##None&lt;br /&gt;
#admin&lt;br /&gt;
#admin_2&lt;br /&gt;
#admin_bookmarks&lt;br /&gt;
#blog_menu&lt;br /&gt;
#blog_tags&lt;br /&gt;
#calendar_month&lt;br /&gt;
#calendar_upcoming&lt;br /&gt;
#course_list&lt;br /&gt;
#course_summary&lt;br /&gt;
#glossary_random&lt;br /&gt;
#html&lt;br /&gt;
#loancalc&lt;br /&gt;
#login&lt;br /&gt;
#messages&lt;br /&gt;
#news_items&lt;br /&gt;
#online_users&lt;br /&gt;
#participants&lt;br /&gt;
#quiz_results&lt;br /&gt;
#recent_activity&lt;br /&gt;
#rss_client&lt;br /&gt;
##block/rss_client:createprivatefeeds&lt;br /&gt;
##block/rss_client:createsharedfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
##block/rss_client:manageownfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
##block/rss_client:manageanyfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
#search&lt;br /&gt;
#search_forums&lt;br /&gt;
#section_links&lt;br /&gt;
#site_main_menu&lt;br /&gt;
#social_activities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
I am adding question categories here because they seem to have been forgotten in the whole scheme of things since having been removed from the quiz module itself. I&#039;ve made a suggestion on how these could be handled in [http://www.moodle.org/bugs/bug.php?op=show&amp;amp;bugid=6118&amp;amp;pos= bug 6118].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51143 this forum thread] for a discussion about the current problems wth publishing question categories.[[User:Tim Hunt|Tim Hunt]] 18:50, 8 August 2006 (WST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Programming Interface==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the Roles system may look complicated at first glance, implementing it in Moodle code is fairly simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You need to define each capability once, so that Moodle can upgrade existing roles to take advantage of it.  You do this in an access.php inside the db folder of any module (eg see mod/forum/db/access.php).  The array contains entries like this (note the descriptions for the legacy roles which provides forward compatibility):&lt;br /&gt;
    &#039;mod/forum:viewforum&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;captype&#039; =&amp;gt; &#039;read&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;contextlevel&#039; =&amp;gt; CONTEXT_MODULE,&lt;br /&gt;
        &#039;legacy&#039; =&amp;gt; array(&lt;br /&gt;
            &#039;guest&#039; =&amp;gt; CAP_PREVENT,&lt;br /&gt;
            &#039;student&#039; =&amp;gt; CAP_ALLOW,&lt;br /&gt;
            &#039;teacher&#039; =&amp;gt; CAP_ALLOW,&lt;br /&gt;
            &#039;editingteacher&#039; =&amp;gt; CAP_ALLOW,&lt;br /&gt;
            &#039;coursecreator&#039; =&amp;gt; CAP_ALLOW,&lt;br /&gt;
            &#039;admin&#039; =&amp;gt; CAP_ALLOW&lt;br /&gt;
        )&lt;br /&gt;
    ),&lt;br /&gt;
* To load/change these capabilities you need to bump the module version.   There&#039;s no need to provide changes or differences as Moodle will scan the whole array and sort it out.&lt;br /&gt;
* On each page you need to find the context the user is working in, using the get_context_instance() function.  For example, in the forum module:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  $context = get_context_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm-&amp;gt;id);&lt;br /&gt;
* or to at the course level:&lt;br /&gt;
  $context = get_context_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE, $id);&lt;br /&gt;
* Then, whenever you want to check that the current user has rights to do something, call has_capability() like this:&lt;br /&gt;
    if (!has_capability(&#039;mod/forum:viewforum&#039;, $context)) {&lt;br /&gt;
        print_error(&#039;nopermissiontoviewforum&#039;);&lt;br /&gt;
    }&lt;br /&gt;
* If you just want to assert a capability and then finish with an error message if it&#039;s not met (as we did above), then a shorter way it to use require_capability() like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    require_capability(&#039;mod/forum:viewforum&#039;, $context);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Note that there are extra parameters you can specify to get a custom error message, otherwise users get an automated &amp;quot;No permissions&amp;quot; message that lists the permission they were missing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of the new Roles System, all calls to isadmin(), iscoursecreator, isteacheredit(), isteacher(), isstudent(), and isguest() will have to be replaced with calls to has_capability() or require_capability().   However, these functions will be retained for some backward compatibility with old code, using the legacy capabilities to try and work out what to do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Metacourses==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The behaviour of metacourses in Moodle 1.7 changed slightly, in that where it used to just synch students from child courses to the parent course, it will now synch ALL roles. Teachers etc of the child courses will have the same role in the meta course. Technically metacourse synchronises all role assignments in CONTEXT_COURSE with its child courses; the only exception are users with moodle/course:managemetacourse capability, these users are synchronized only upwards, they are not unenrolled from metacourse when unenroling from child course or when removing the child from metacourse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to import/enrol other courses into metacoure you need to have moodle/course:managemetacourse capability. You can add manually only participants with moodle/course:managemetacourse, all other participants are automatically synced with child courses - if you try to manually enrol user without this capability error is displayed. Similar error is shown also when you try to manually unenrol participant from meta course while still being enrolled in child course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sample setup:&lt;br /&gt;
* metacourse manager has been assigned role with moodle/course:managemetacourse capability in system or course category context&lt;br /&gt;
* students are enrolled in several child courses&lt;br /&gt;
* teachers are enrolled in separate child course(s)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Problem areas we are working on ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student view===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Student view&amp;quot; button has been removed completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time and a secure way can be found, it will be replaced by a menu to let the user assume a temporary role in the context of that course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher forum===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teacher forums were always a curious exception to normal forums, as they were not part of a course as such, and were not backed up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We&#039;re taking the opportunity to rectify this.   The upgrade converts teacher forums with content to normal forums in section 0 of the course, and ensures that only teachers can access them.  If the teacher forum had not been used in the course then it&#039;s not converted and will just dissappear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Enrolment plugins===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Process of logging in====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# load_user_capability() is called to load all the capabilities&lt;br /&gt;
# check_enrolment_plugins() is called at the top of load_user_capability() to check all the enrolment plugins.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each active plugin:&lt;br /&gt;
##Check for setup_enrolments($user) and run it.  This function will do all the processing needed to assign or unassign roles from the current user.&lt;br /&gt;
# load_user_capability() continues and loads up all the roles&lt;br /&gt;
# load_defaultuser_role() is called to add default site permissions (all users)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Process of checking access to a course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
require_login($course-&amp;gt;id) is called by the script and has logic like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Is the user a guest at site level?&lt;br /&gt;
## Yes: Does the course allow guests?&lt;br /&gt;
### Yes: return true (and further capabilities are checked by the script)&lt;br /&gt;
### No:  send the user to course/enrol.php for enrolment&lt;br /&gt;
## No: continue below&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Does the user have moodle/course:view in that (course) context?&lt;br /&gt;
## Yes: then they can enter (and further capabilities are checked by the script)&lt;br /&gt;
##  No: is guest access allowed on the course?&lt;br /&gt;
### Yes: assign temporary guest role to that user for that context (in session cache).&lt;br /&gt;
### No: send the user to course/enrol.php for enrolment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Process of enrolling====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(more soon)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenario brainstorming==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section is for brainstorming some example roles that we would like to support.  Note some of these *may* not be possible in 1.7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student===&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Site Designers===&lt;br /&gt;
Is there a role for people involved in how the site looks but not full administrators? Thinking here of online control of themes rather than FTP theme uploading. But in either case they caneditlogos, caneditcss, candeditlevelatwhichthemeapplies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Educational Authority Adviser===&lt;br /&gt;
Someone who would want to browse the site and may be asked to comment or contribute to particular discussions or developments in school. Access for this role would be controlled by the school in the case of school level moodles but may be different if there were to be a Local Authority wide Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Educational Inspector===&lt;br /&gt;
Someone who will visit the site to verify the school&#039;s self review that comments on home school relationships, extending the classroom etc. They may want to see summaries of usage and reports from surveys garnering parent and pupil views.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Second Marker / Moderator===&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher within ths site that has access to assignments and quizzes from another teacher&#039;s course for second marking purposes. This may need additional functionality adding to the assignment module so that two sets of grades/feedback can be given to one set of assignments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Peer observer of teaching===&lt;br /&gt;
Many institutions encourage peer observation of teaching, to encourage reflection on practice. In online environments this will be similar to moderation or inspection. The peer observer would need to be able to experience the course &amp;quot;as a student&amp;quot;, but also to be able to view summaries of usage, transcripts of interactions (forums/surveys/polls etc), grades assigned (e.g. in assignments).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===External Examiner===&lt;br /&gt;
Has all the rights of inspectors, but would also need to be able to review assignments and feedback, view forums, glossaries etc. However, would not want to post, feedback onto the site at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parent===&lt;br /&gt;
A parent will have one or more children in one or more institutions which could be using one or more moodle instances or a mixture of Learning Platforms. A parent&#039;s role will vary depending on the age of their children and whether they are contributing as a parent or a school supporter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Early Years (EY=3+4 yr olds) and Key Stage 1 (KS1=5+6 yr olds) they may play/learn on an activity or write for the child. Parents often interpret homework tasks and read to their children perhaps filling in a joint reading diary. In Key Stage 2 (KS2=7-11 yr olds) parents would be more monitoring but may join in as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Key stages 3 (KS3=12-14 yr olds) and 4 (KS4=15+16 yr olds) this changes to more of a monitoring/awareness role where a parent would expect to have a summary report of attendance, attainment and general achievement on a weekly/monthly/termly or annual basis. Parents will often be asked to sign and write back comments about this review report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all Key Stages there is a great need for parents to receive communication from the school which they can confirm they have received by signing a form. In some cases this may also involve making choices from a list. It may also involve payment for a trip or disco being returned so there could be the possibility of electronic payments. Also in all Key Satges there may be a home-school agreement which may be signed up to. Could this form part of a site policy system that incorporates a tickable list of activities the parent agrees to the child using (blogs/wikis/forums etc.)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parent&#039;s evenings often involve complex booking systems that attempt to get parent&#039;s and teachers together. Easy for EY/KS1/KS2 very difficult for KS3/KS4. Wow would this help if it was built into the Learning Platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some cases there needs to be confidential communication between the parent and the teacher without the child being party to this. It may involve teaching and learning but could also involve a behaviour or medical issue. Often this may be done via a sealed letter or face to face. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latest incarnation of OfSTED with the Self Review Framework (SEF) there is a greater emphasis on schools gathering parent voice via surveys and discussion. There is a clear match here with parents have access to parental votes, questionnaires and discussions and for schools to be able to publish news, results and reports back to parents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the UK the LP framework and agenda as being pushed by the DfES via Becta emphasises that within the mandatory groups and roles functionality the parent role is likely to be required to meet the LP Framework procurement standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Again in the UK, parents have their own independent right of access to a child&#039;s educational records. Obviously, children&#039;s records must not be made available to other parties, including the parents of other children in the same class. Thus it would be necessary to associate parent accounts with their own child&#039;s accounts in such a way that they could, if so desired, have read access to their child&#039;s grades, answers and contributions, but generally not those of other children - this may be problematic in the case of wiki activities or forum posts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is some concern that children&#039;s forum contributions etc may be constrained if their parents are able to read all that they write; this may be particularly problematic in areas such as Personal, Social and Health Education (PSHE), where some schools may choose to use obfuscated usernames.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manager===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Please add text here...&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Weekly Seminar Leader===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In a university seminar, typically 8-15 students in their 3rd/4th year, each student is responsible for leading one topic in a study series.  I ask each student to research 5-10 resources, then give a powerpoint presentation to the other students.  This is followed by an in-class discussion and then online homework.  The homework involves some fun quiz questions and then some reflective journal questions.  I ask each seminar leader to prepare the quiz questions and journal questions as well as their presentation.  To do that, I would like to assign activity-making/authoring roles to the student--either for a short period, or for duration of the whole course.  Thus &amp;quot;Allow Quiz Authoring Role&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Allow Assignment Authoring Role&amp;quot; at the course level or, if possible, even the Topic level (in a topic or week format course) would be important.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mentor/Mentee===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Please add text here...&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Community-Designed Rating Criteria===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The gradebook tends to be the domain of the teacher.  What if community/peer ratings/marks could also be entered there? What if peer assessment criteria could be designed by the students, not just the teacher?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Visitor===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This would be a role whereby one could allow a visitor to visit one&#039;s classroom. This might be a colleague interested in seeing your course, or a journalist who might be writing an article about one&#039;s site. They should not be able to see the names of any students anywhere (eg recent activity, forum posts) for privacy reasons. They should be able to try out things like quizzes, and lessons but no grades would be recorded (like in teacher preview mode). They would not be able to participate in choices and forums but could view them. It would be read only in a way like former-student role below but without access to a particular student&#039;s records that former student role would grant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guest Speaker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This role would be similar to the Visitor role above, but would allow seeing student names, and also allow both reading and posting to a specific forum or forums. We often have &amp;quot;guest speakers&amp;quot; who read and respond to student forum posts. Right now we have to add them as students, which isn&#039;t ideal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Former Student===&lt;br /&gt;
This role would be of particular use for courses with rolling enrollments. This role would be one where a student had completed all of the requirements of a course (ie assignments, quizzes etc.) but wished to have continued access to the course material for review or consultation. The key factor is that one would give access to the completed student to the notes he read, his work and the teacher&#039;s comments on it, but he would not be allowed to do anything that would take up the teacher&#039;s time. In other words, a sort-of read-only access to the course. How forums, which might contain pertinent information and would continue to grow, would be handled is a question. Perhaps the student would be shown only what was in the forums at the time he completed the course. He would not be allowed to see any new posts or add any himself. Same thing for database and glossary entries. In other words, a snapshot of the course at the time his regular enrollment ended. He shouldn&#039;t be able to see the names or profiles of any newly enrolled students for privacy reasons-hence the restrictions on forum access. One issue that would have to be dealt with would be changes to existing modules-such as resources. Does the student get access to the module as it was or as it is? We have no versioning of resources in Moodle so this would be a problem. What about a teacher changing a quiz question so that the answer is different? What would a former student see?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Alumnus=== An ALUMNUS should be able to search for all other ALUMNI of the school, interact with them and be enrolled in a seperate course - which is like a META course with all the content of his learning and interaction - as well as capabilities to be a part of this ALUMNI only course.  All the teachers of courses during school years should automatically be a part of the ALUMNI course .. which means when an ALUMNUS is enrolled in a course, the original teachers of all his courses get enrolled ?  --[[User:Anil Sharma|Anil Sharma]] 20:54, 15 July 2006 (WST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Librarian===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Librarians have an active role in most of the courses taught at some schools such as Earlham College (with Bibliographic Instruction). The Librarian role within Moodle could encompass default read access to all courses (unless prohibited by course teacher) and read access to all components of the course unless access is barred (again by teacher). The Librarians would also perhaps have a block called perhaps Reference Services or Reference Desk with write access where they could deposit resources. Also this block might have a chat applet whereby enrolled students could chat to the Reference Librarian on duty about their bibliographic research needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In schools there is often a book review system. This may be covered by the lending system database but may not in which case a librarian may neeed to have a course area they can create a database template to handle the reviews in which case they may have a normal teacher style role? Off topic but course an integration with common schools database systems would be great.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teacher===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers should have read access to other Teacher&#039;s courses unless explictly prohibited. They should be able to set parts of their own course to be totally private (perhaps even to admin?). Just as each activity can currently be set to have group access, each activity could have a permissions field. Teachers could set default permissions for all activities on their course (eg they might disallow Librarian access for example) and then change the access permission for an individual activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that what is needed is a simple heirarchy of permissions and levels of granularity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would take issue with &amp;quot;teachers should have read access to other teacher&#039;s courses unless explicitly prohibited.&amp;quot; This is a violation of the students&#039; privacy as how they perform and what they do in one class isn&#039;t the business of another teacher. Moreover, in the real world a teacher wouldn&#039;t suddenly go sit in on a colleague&#039;s class without asking permission first. I would not have appreciated such an invasion of privacy as either a teacher or a student. It could be an option, but shouldn&#039;t be default.--[[User:N Hansen|N Hansen]] 19:54, 12 June 2006 (WST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Community Education Tutors/Trainers===&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers may be community adult education trainers making use of a school moodle so must only have access to their courses unless given access elsewhere. They would not necessarily get the default teacher privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Secretary/Student Worker===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We often have faculty who want their departmental secretary or student worker to scan and upload files and perhaps create resources. Currently they have to be given teacher access to the course. This is dangerous from a FERPA standpoint since they could easily get access to grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Teaching Assistant===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our Faculty frequently have undergraduate students acting as Teaching Assistants. These students need to be able to add resources, create assignments, and possibly grade assignments. However, due to FERPA they cannot have access to other students&#039; overall grade information. I think the requirements here are slightly different than those of Secretary/Student Worker&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student - FERPA rights===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student that has asserted their FERPA rights to non-disclosure.  Typically includes not publishing their name&lt;br /&gt;
in any public place.  Could include this student only being seen with an &amp;quot;alias&amp;quot; within course spaces.  Is this an attribute rather&lt;br /&gt;
than a role?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Desk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Help desk agents that have read access for the purposes of trouble shooting.  Some care in placing this role within a hierarchy&lt;br /&gt;
of inheritance is needed, full access will be problematic with FERPA.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Admin - Catgory based===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basically a person in between full Admin and Creator that has the permissions of an Admin but only with respect to courses and students. Currently a Creator has permissions site-wide which does not always meet the requirements of a given organisation (e.g. Department A may not be happy that a person from Department B can create/modify courses within Department A&#039;s area). The ability to designate a Creator within a specific category would allow areas to be set up for a faculty/department/organisation and allow the Admin for that area to create/delete courses, upload users, add site-wide entries to the calendar etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Process Roles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
organising the learning process for a group you wish to have the choice to place students in differnt roles: examples of this are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Give a student the role of forum-moderator with edit and chunk-rights&lt;br /&gt;
* Give students different roles &amp;amp; rights in a Webquest design (and change these roles next week&lt;br /&gt;
* Give students different resources, depending of their roles in a rolegame/simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* Give a student the rights to create the section content of next week (and only that week..)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Things to finish for 1.7 Beta==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;18 Sept 2006&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove core references to user_student, user_teacher, user_admin, user_coursecreator tables.  [Yu]&lt;br /&gt;
#Address function: isteacher, isadmin, isstudent [Yu]&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove &amp;quot;view&amp;quot; capabilities from all modules unless required [Vy]&lt;br /&gt;
#Remove all old references from remaining Blocks [Vy]&lt;br /&gt;
#Metacourses [Skodak]&lt;br /&gt;
#Add risks to GUI[Skodak]&lt;br /&gt;
#Enrolment plugins  [Martin and Alastair]&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Development:Stats_roles_1.7|Statistics]] [Penny]&lt;br /&gt;
#Fix Loginas&lt;br /&gt;
#Add category-level assigns [Yu]&lt;br /&gt;
#[[Development:Backup_roles_1.7|Backups]] [Eloy?]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Proposal for interface enhancement===&lt;br /&gt;
Martin asked some questions, here are my answers. The sketches below are not worked out proposals. Their task is to visualize the idea. The exact colours and functionality may be defined after possible agreement about the proposals. The Green, orange and red columns support the meaning of the options from &amp;quot;allow&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;prohibit&amp;quot; (If you may want to see larger images please click onto the image or the &amp;quot;Enlarge&amp;quot; icon below the image.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of possible settings is very long and &#039;&#039; &amp;quot;... the problem is not to overwhelm people with information&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:01_moodle_define_roles_structured.png|thumb=01_moodle_define_roles_structured_pre.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) One proposal is to use colour to structure the sections and the columns. Picture 1 shows that the user can keep a much better overview when the list is divided into meaningful different coloured columns and clear sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:02_moodle_define_roles_collapsed.png|thumb=02_moodle_define_roles_collapsed_pre.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) A second proposal is to reduce the amount of information the user is shown at the same time. The YUI interface library offers great support to show/hide sections of the page by clicking on specific elements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example click on an icon beside the sub heading &amp;quot;Course categories&amp;quot; and show/hide all table rows with the CLASS &amp;quot;course-category&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:03_moodle_define_roles_tooltip.png|thumb=03_moodle_define_roles_tooltip_pre.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) &#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The main problem is the last column for risk ... we were thinking of putting little icons in there ...&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Icons are good when they tell the user more about possible actions/meanings then the letters. I am not sure if this is the case here. For both - icons or letters - the YUI tool-tip function would be able to give the user valuable information about the meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br style=&amp;quot;clear:both;&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Hardening new Roles system]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Development:Roles and modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Using Moodle course:&lt;br /&gt;
**[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?f=941 Roles and Capabilities forum]&lt;br /&gt;
**Key discussions at Using Moodle forums:&lt;br /&gt;
***[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=38788 Roles and Permissions architecture]&lt;br /&gt;
***[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=56302#256313 An example of admin roles as set in the database]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Developer|Roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Roles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Developpement:Roles]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Martinlanghoff</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>